diff options
| author | Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com> | 2016-12-22 18:20:23 +0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com> | 2016-12-26 19:14:58 +0800 |
| commit | 5dce0991864ec5a10add570dca2f8dd850ea29bf (patch) | |
| tree | 6805ea3a43d604ca794cfe027a75cc9ddc367ff1 /EmbeddedPkg/Library | |
| parent | 594e35c5a31f56580ef1e1df25ae491266ac9fac (diff) | |
| download | edk2-platforms-5dce0991864ec5a10add570dca2f8dd850ea29bf.tar.xz | |
EmbeddedPkg: Remove unused Package
Contributed-under: TianoCore Contribution Agreement 1.0
Signed-off-by: Guo Mang <mang.guo@intel.com>
Diffstat (limited to 'EmbeddedPkg/Library')
67 files changed, 0 insertions, 15999 deletions
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/AcpiLib/AcpiLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/AcpiLib/AcpiLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0e27276c22..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/AcpiLib/AcpiLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-*
-* Copyright (c) 2014-2015, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-*
-* This program and the accompanying materials
-* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-*
-* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-*
-**/
-
-#include <Uefi.h>
-
-#include <Library/AcpiLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/AcpiTable.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
-
-#include <IndustryStandard/Acpi.h>
-
-/**
- Locate and Install the ACPI tables from the Firmware Volume if it verifies
- the function condition.
-
- @param AcpiFile Guid of the ACPI file into the Firmware Volume
- @param CheckAcpiTableFunction Function that checks if the ACPI table should be installed
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The protocol could not be located.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources to find the protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-LocateAndInstallAcpiFromFvConditional (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID* AcpiFile,
- IN EFI_LOCATE_ACPI_CHECK CheckAcpiTableFunction
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_ACPI_TABLE_PROTOCOL *AcpiProtocol;
- EFI_HANDLE *HandleBuffer;
- UINTN NumberOfHandles;
- UINT32 FvStatus;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL *FvInstance;
- INTN SectionInstance;
- UINTN SectionSize;
- EFI_ACPI_COMMON_HEADER *AcpiTable;
- UINTN AcpiTableSize;
- UINTN AcpiTableKey;
- BOOLEAN Valid;
-
- // Ensure the ACPI Table is present
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (
- &gEfiAcpiTableProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- (VOID**)&AcpiProtocol
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- FvStatus = 0;
- SectionInstance = 0;
-
- // Locate all the Firmware Volume protocols.
- Status = gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (
- ByProtocol,
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- NULL,
- &NumberOfHandles,
- &HandleBuffer
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- // Looking for FV with ACPI storage file
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberOfHandles; Index++) {
- //
- // Get the protocol on this handle
- // This should not fail because of LocateHandleBuffer
- //
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (
- HandleBuffer[Index],
- &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid,
- (VOID**) &FvInstance
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto FREE_HANDLE_BUFFER;
- }
-
- while (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- // AcpiTable must be allocated by ReadSection (ie: AcpiTable == NULL)
- AcpiTable = NULL;
-
- // See if it has the ACPI storage file
- Status = FvInstance->ReadSection (
- FvInstance,
- AcpiFile,
- EFI_SECTION_RAW,
- SectionInstance,
- (VOID**) &AcpiTable,
- &SectionSize,
- &FvStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- AcpiTableKey = 0;
- AcpiTableSize = ((EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) AcpiTable)->Length;
- ASSERT (SectionSize >= AcpiTableSize);
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "- Found '%c%c%c%c' ACPI Table\n",
- (((EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) AcpiTable)->Signature & 0xFF),
- ((((EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) AcpiTable)->Signature >> 8) & 0xFF),
- ((((EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) AcpiTable)->Signature >> 16) & 0xFF),
- ((((EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *) AcpiTable)->Signature >> 24) & 0xFF)));
-
- // Is the ACPI table valid?
- if (CheckAcpiTableFunction) {
- Valid = CheckAcpiTableFunction ((EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER *)AcpiTable);
- } else {
- Valid = TRUE;
- }
-
- // Install the ACPI Table
- if (Valid) {
- Status = AcpiProtocol->InstallAcpiTable (
- AcpiProtocol,
- AcpiTable,
- AcpiTableSize,
- &AcpiTableKey
- );
- }
-
- // Free memory allocated by ReadSection
- gBS->FreePool (AcpiTable);
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- // Increment the section instance
- SectionInstance++;
- }
- }
- }
-
-FREE_HANDLE_BUFFER:
- //
- // Free any allocated buffers
- //
- gBS->FreePool (HandleBuffer);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Locate and Install the ACPI tables from the Firmware Volume
-
- @param AcpiFile Guid of the ACPI file into the Firmware Volume
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND The protocol could not be located.
- @return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources to find the protocol.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-LocateAndInstallAcpiFromFv (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID* AcpiFile
- )
-{
- return LocateAndInstallAcpiFromFvConditional (AcpiFile, NULL);
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/AcpiLib/AcpiLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/AcpiLib/AcpiLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 5080c50756..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/AcpiLib/AcpiLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2014, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = AcpiLib
- FILE_GUID = 24b9d62c-5a36-417b-94b6-38dbaea90dcf
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = AcpiLib
-
-[Sources.common]
- AcpiLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- DebugLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiAcpiTableProtocolGuid
- gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLib.c deleted file mode 100755 index bb1ea132cf..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Null Debug Agent timer.
-
- The debug agent uses the timer so the debugger can break into running programs.
- If you link against this library you will not be able to break into a running
- program with the debugger.
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-/**
- Setup all the hardware needed for the debug agents timer.
-
- This function is used to set up debug enviroment. It may enable interrupts.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-DebugAgentTimerIntialize (
- VOID
- )
-{
-}
-
-
-/**
- Set the period for the debug agent timer. Zero means disable the timer.
-
- @param[in] TimerPeriodMilliseconds Frequency of the debug agent timer.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-DebugAgentTimerSetPeriod (
- IN UINT32 TimerPeriodMilliseconds
- )
-{
-}
-
-
-/**
- Perform End Of Interrupt for the debug agent timer. This is called in the
- interrupt handler after the interrupt has been processed.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-DebugAgentTimerEndOfInterrupt (
- VOID
- )
-{
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLibNull.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLibNull.inf deleted file mode 100755 index 010bed3ad3..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DebugAgentTimerLibNull/DebugAgentTimerLibNull.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Component description file for Base PCI Cf8 Library.
-#
-# PCI CF8 Library that uses I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI Configuration cycles.
-# Layers on top of an I/O Library instance.
-# Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = DebugAgentTimerLibNull
- FILE_GUID = 02f04694-2c0a-4f1e-b0ce-64be25890b03
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = DebugAgentTimerLib|SEC BASE DXE_CORE
-
-
-[Sources.common]
- DebugAgentTimerLib.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- IoLib
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoff.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoff.c deleted file mode 100644 index bcc694816a..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoff.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,288 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- PE/COFF Loader Library implementation that wraps a protocol passed up from
- SEC/PEI via a HOB. This is done to save space.
-
- Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/PeCoffLoader.h>
-
-
-PE_COFF_LOADER_PROTOCOL *gPeCoffLoader = NULL;
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves information about a PE/COFF image.
-
- Computes the PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
- DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva fields of the ImageContext structure.
- If ImageContext is NULL, then return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER.
- If the PE/COFF image accessed through the ImageRead service in the ImageContext
- structure is not a supported PE/COFF image type, then return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED.
- If any errors occur while computing the fields of ImageContext,
- then the error status is returned in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
- If the image is a TE image, then SectionAlignment is set to 0.
- The ImageRead and Handle fields of ImageContext structure must be valid prior
- to invoking this service.
-
- @param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
- image that needs to be examined by this function.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The information on the PE/COFF image was collected.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER ImageContext is NULL.
- @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The PE/COFF image is not supported.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-{
- return gPeCoffLoader->GetImageInfo (ImageContext);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Applies relocation fixups to a PE/COFF image that was loaded with PeCoffLoaderLoadImage().
-
- If the DestinationAddress field of ImageContext is 0, then use the ImageAddress field of
- ImageContext as the relocation base address. Otherwise, use the DestinationAddress field
- of ImageContext as the relocation base address. The caller must allocate the relocation
- fixup log buffer and fill in the FixupData field of ImageContext prior to calling this function.
-
- The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress,
- ImageSize, DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders,
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva, EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer, and FixupData of
- the ImageContext structure must be valid prior to invoking this service.
-
- If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
- cache(s) in hardware, then the caller is responsible for performing cache maintenance operations
- prior to transferring control to a PE/COFF image that is loaded using this library.
-
- @param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
- image that is being relocated.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PE/COFF image was relocated.
- Extended status information is in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
- @retval RETURN_LOAD_ERROR The image in not a valid PE/COFF image.
- Extended status information is in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
- @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED A relocation record type is not supported.
- Extended status information is in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-{
- return gPeCoffLoader->RelocateImage (ImageContext);
-}
-
-/**
- Loads a PE/COFF image into memory.
-
- Loads the PE/COFF image accessed through the ImageRead service of ImageContext into the buffer
- specified by the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields of ImageContext. The caller must allocate
- the load buffer and fill in the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields prior to calling this function.
- The EntryPoint, FixupDataSize, CodeView, PdbPointer and HiiResourceData fields of ImageContext are computed.
- The ImageRead, Handle, PeCoffHeaderOffset, IsTeImage, Machine, ImageType, ImageAddress, ImageSize,
- DestinationAddress, RelocationsStripped, SectionAlignment, SizeOfHeaders, and DebugDirectoryEntryRva
- fields of the ImageContext structure must be valid prior to invoking this service.
-
- If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
- cache(s) in hardware, then the caller is responsible for performing cache maintenance operations
- prior to transferring control to a PE/COFF image that is loaded using this library.
-
- @param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
- image that is being loaded.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PE/COFF image was loaded into the buffer specified by
- the ImageAddress and ImageSize fields of ImageContext.
- Extended status information is in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
- @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The caller did not provide a large enough buffer.
- Extended status information is in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
- @retval RETURN_LOAD_ERROR The PE/COFF image is an EFI Runtime image with no relocations.
- Extended status information is in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
- @retval RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER The image address is invalid.
- Extended status information is in the ImageError field of ImageContext.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderLoadImage (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-{
- return gPeCoffLoader->LoadImage (ImageContext);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Reads contents of a PE/COFF image from a buffer in system memory.
-
- This is the default implementation of a PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE function
- that assumes FileHandle pointer to the beginning of a PE/COFF image.
- This function reads contents of the PE/COFF image that starts at the system memory
- address specified by FileHandle. The read operation copies ReadSize bytes from the
- PE/COFF image starting at byte offset FileOffset into the buffer specified by Buffer.
- The size of the buffer actually read is returned in ReadSize.
-
- If FileHandle is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ReadSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param FileHandle Pointer to base of the input stream
- @param FileOffset Offset into the PE/COFF image to begin the read operation.
- @param ReadSize On input, the size in bytes of the requested read operation.
- On output, the number of bytes actually read.
- @param Buffer Output buffer that contains the data read from the PE/COFF image.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Data is read from FileOffset from the Handle into
- the buffer.
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory (
- IN VOID *FileHandle,
- IN UINTN FileOffset,
- IN OUT UINTN *ReadSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- return gPeCoffLoader->ReadFromMemory (
- FileHandle,
- FileOffset,
- ReadSize,
- Buffer
- );
-
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Reapply fixups on a fixed up PE32/PE32+ image to allow virutal calling at EFI
- runtime.
-
- This function reapplies relocation fixups to the PE/COFF image specified by ImageBase
- and ImageSize so the image will execute correctly when the PE/COFF image is mapped
- to the address specified by VirtualImageBase. RelocationData must be identical
- to the FiuxupData buffer from the PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT structure
- after this PE/COFF image was relocated with PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
-
- Note that if the platform does not maintain coherency between the instruction cache(s) and the data
- cache(s) in hardware, then the caller is responsible for performing cache maintenance operations
- prior to transferring control to a PE/COFF image that is loaded using this library.
-
- @param ImageBase Base address of a PE/COFF image that has been loaded
- and relocated into system memory.
- @param VirtImageBase The request virtual address that the PE/COFF image is to
- be fixed up for.
- @param ImageSize The size, in bytes, of the PE/COFF image.
- @param RelocationData A pointer to the relocation data that was collected when the PE/COFF
- image was relocated using PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage().
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageForRuntime (
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageBase,
- IN PHYSICAL_ADDRESS VirtImageBase,
- IN UINTN ImageSize,
- IN VOID *RelocationData
- )
-{
- return gPeCoffLoader->RelocateImageForRuntime (
- ImageBase,
- VirtImageBase,
- ImageSize,
- RelocationData
- );
-}
-
-
-/**
- Unloads a loaded PE/COFF image from memory and releases its taken resource.
- Releases any environment specific resources that were allocated when the image
- specified by ImageContext was loaded using PeCoffLoaderLoadImage().
-
- For NT32 emulator, the PE/COFF image loaded by system needs to release.
- For real platform, the PE/COFF image loaded by Core doesn't needs to be unloaded,
- this function can simply return RETURN_SUCCESS.
-
- If ImageContext is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ImageContext Pointer to the image context structure that describes the PE/COFF
- image to be unloaded.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PE/COFF image was unloaded successfully.
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderUnloadImage (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-{
- return gPeCoffLoader->UnloadImage (ImageContext);
-}
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE Hob;
- VOID *Interface;
-} PROTOCOL_HOB;
-
-
-/**
- The constructor function caches the pointer of DXE Services Table.
-
- The constructor function caches the pointer of DXE Services Table.
- It will ASSERT() if that operation fails.
- It will ASSERT() if the pointer of DXE Services Table is NULL.
- It will always return EFI_SUCCESS.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DxeHobPeCoffLibConstructor (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- PROTOCOL_HOB *Hob;
-
- Hob = GetFirstGuidHob (&gPeCoffLoaderProtocolGuid);
- if (Hob == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- gPeCoffLoader = Hob->Interface;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoffLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoffLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index d6eb1cf0cf..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/DxeHobPeCoffLib/DxeHobPeCoffLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# PE/COFF Loader Library implementation that wraps a protocol passed up from
-# SEC/PEI via a HOB. This is done to save space.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = DxeHobPeCoffLib
- FILE_GUID = 671C6FD7-99FB-4EE3-B640-4B1D463BC3B5
- MODULE_TYPE = DXE_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = PeCoffLib
- CONSTRUCTOR = DxeHobPeCoffLibConstructor
-
-
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC ARM
-#
-
-[Sources.common]
- DxeHobPeCoff.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- DebugLib
- HobLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gPeCoffLoaderProtocolGuid
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3b9f1846d3..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Add external EblCmd Lib
-
- Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-
-**/
-
-#include <Uefi.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib.h>
-#include <Protocol/EblAddCommand.h>
-
-STATIC BOOLEAN gInstalledCommand = FALSE;
-STATIC EFI_EVENT mEblCommandRegistration = NULL;
-
-STATIC const EBL_COMMAND_TABLE *mAddExternalCmdLibTemplate = NULL;
-STATIC UINTN mAddExternalCmdLibTemplateSize = 0;
-EBL_ADD_COMMAND_PROTOCOL *gEblExternalCommand = NULL;
-
-
-/**
- Return a keypress or optionally timeout if a timeout value was passed in.
- An optional callback function is called every second when waiting for a
- timeout.
-
- @param Key EFI Key information returned
- @param TimeoutInSec Number of seconds to wait to timeout
- @param CallBack Callback called every second during the timeout wait
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Key was returned
- @return EFI_TIMEOUT If the TimoutInSec expired
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-EblGetCharKey (
- IN OUT EFI_INPUT_KEY *Key,
- IN UINTN TimeoutInSec,
- IN EBL_GET_CHAR_CALL_BACK CallBack OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- if (gEblExternalCommand != NULL) {
- return gEblExternalCommand->EblGetCharKey (Key, TimeoutInSec, CallBack);
- }
- return EFI_TIMEOUT;
-}
-
-
-/**
- This routine is used prevent command output data from scrolling off the end
- of the screen. The global gPageBreak is used to turn on or off this feature.
- If the CurrentRow is near the end of the screen pause and print out a prompt
- If the use hits Q to quit return TRUE else for any other key return FALSE.
- PrefixNewline is used to figure out if a newline is needed before the prompt
- string. This depends on the last print done before calling this function.
- CurrentRow is updated by one on a call or set back to zero if a prompt is
- needed.
-
- @param CurrentRow Used to figure out if its the end of the page and updated
- @param PrefixNewline Did previous print issue a newline
-
- @return TRUE if Q was hit to quit, FALSE in all other cases.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
-EblAnyKeyToContinueQtoQuit (
- IN UINTN *CurrentRow,
- IN BOOLEAN PrefixNewline
- )
-{
- if (gEblExternalCommand != NULL) {
- return gEblExternalCommand->EblAnyKeyToContinueQtoQuit (CurrentRow, PrefixNewline);
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Update mFvbEntry. Add new entry, or update existing entry if Fvb protocol is
- reinstalled.
-
- @param Event The Event that is being processed
- @param Context Event Context
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-EblAddCommandNotificationEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if (!gInstalledCommand) {
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiEblAddCommandProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&gEblExternalCommand);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- gEblExternalCommand->AddCommands (mAddExternalCmdLibTemplate, mAddExternalCmdLibTemplateSize);
- gInstalledCommand = TRUE;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- The user Entry Point for the driver. The user code starts with this function
- as the real entry point for the image goes into a library that calls this
- function.
-
- @param[in] ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param[in] SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The entry point is executed successfully.
- @retval other Some error occurs when executing this entry point.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-EblAddExternalCommands (
- IN const EBL_COMMAND_TABLE *EntryArray,
- IN UINTN ArrayCount
- )
-{
- if (mAddExternalCmdLibTemplate != NULL) {
- return EFI_ALREADY_STARTED;
- }
-
- mAddExternalCmdLibTemplate = EntryArray;
- mAddExternalCmdLibTemplateSize = ArrayCount;
-
- EfiCreateProtocolNotifyEvent (
- &gEfiEblAddCommandProtocolGuid,
- TPL_CALLBACK,
- EblAddCommandNotificationEvent,
- NULL,
- &mEblCommandRegistration
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 335386a8c8..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblAddExternalCommandLib/EblAddExternalCommandLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Component description file for the entry point to a EFIDXE Drivers
-#
-# Library to abstract Framework extensions that conflict with UEFI 2.0 Specification
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = EblAddExternalCommandLib
- FILE_GUID = 9195D970-C6F7-484E-8013-5B03C89C3B81
- MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = EblAddExternalCommandLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
-
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources.common]
- EblAddExternalCommandLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiLib
- EblAddExternalCommandLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiEblAddCommandProtocolGuid
-
-[Guids]
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.c deleted file mode 100644 index 6cde5f95ab..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Null EblCmdLib
-
- Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/EblCmdLib.h>
-
-
-VOID
-EblInitializeExternalCmd (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return;
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.inf deleted file mode 100644 index c7935ae37e..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblCmdLibNull/EblCmdLibNull.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Component description file for the entry point to a EFIDXE Drivers
-#
-# Library to abstract Framework extensions that conflict with UEFI 2.0 Specification
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = EblCmdLibNull
- FILE_GUID = 3513C4E2-06D6-4921-9C2B-E938777BA79E
- MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = EfiCmdLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
-
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources.common]
- EblCmdLibNull.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
-
-[Protocols]
-
-[Guids]
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1c945cd33b..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <Uefi.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/SimpleNetwork.h>
-#include <Protocol/PxeBaseCode.h>
-
-
-BOOLEAN gUseIpv6 = FALSE;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-EblGetCurrentIpAddress (
- IN OUT EFI_IP_ADDRESS *Ip
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL *Pxe;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Pxe);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = Pxe->Start (Pxe, gUseIpv6);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- CopyMem (Ip, &Pxe->Mode->StationIp, sizeof (EFI_IP_ADDRESS));
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-EblGetCurrentMacAddress (
- IN OUT EFI_MAC_ADDRESS *Mac
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL *SimpleNet;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSimpleNetworkProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&SimpleNet);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- CopyMem (Mac, SimpleNet->Mode->CurrentAddress.Addr, sizeof (EFI_MAC_ADDRESS));
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-CHAR8 *
-EFIAPI
-EblLoadFileBootTypeString (
- IN EFI_HANDLE Handle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *NullPtr;
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (Handle, &gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, &NullPtr);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return "EFI PXE Network Boot";
- }
-
- return "";
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-EblPerformDHCP (
- IN BOOLEAN SortOffers
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL *Pxe;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Pxe);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = Pxe->Start (Pxe, gUseIpv6);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = Pxe->Dhcp(Pxe, TRUE);
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-EblSetStationIp (
- IN EFI_IP_ADDRESS *NewStationIp, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_IP_ADDRESS *NewSubnetMask OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL *Pxe;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Pxe);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = Pxe->Start (Pxe, gUseIpv6);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status) && (Status != EFI_ALREADY_STARTED)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = Pxe->SetStationIp (Pxe, NewStationIp, NewSubnetMask);
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-EblMtftp (
- IN EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_TFTP_OPCODE Operation,
- IN OUT VOID *BufferPtr OPTIONAL,
- IN BOOLEAN Overwrite,
- IN OUT UINT64 *BufferSize,
- IN UINTN *BlockSize OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_IP_ADDRESS *ServerIp,
- IN UINT8 *Filename OPTIONAL,
- IN EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_MTFTP_INFO *Info OPTIONAL,
- IN BOOLEAN DontUseBuffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL *Pxe;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&Pxe);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = Pxe->Mtftp (
- Pxe,
- Operation,
- BufferPtr,
- Overwrite,
- BufferSize,
- BlockSize,
- ServerIp,
- Filename,
- Info,
- DontUseBuffer
- );
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index c9b2d31dc4..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EblNetworkLib/EblNetworkLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = EblNetworkLib
- FILE_GUID = D885869A-7869-47DB-9429-DE03C318BCFD
- MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = EblNetworkLib|DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
-
-[sources.common]
- EblNetworkLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiSimpleNetworkProtocolGuid
- gEfiPxeBaseCodeProtocolGuid
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4d58c83086..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1779 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-File IO routines inspired by Streams with an EFI flavor
-
-Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Basic support for opening files on different device types. The device string
-is in the form of DevType:Path. Current DevType is required as there is no
-current mounted device concept of current working directory concept implement
-by this library.
-
-Device names are case insensitive and only check the leading characters for
-unique matches. Thus the following are all the same:
-LoadFile0:
-l0:
-L0:
-Lo0:
-
-Supported Device Names:
-A0x1234:0x12 - A memory buffer starting at address 0x1234 for 0x12 bytes
-l1: - EFI LoadFile device one.
-B0: - EFI BlockIo zero.
-fs3: - EFI Simple File System device 3
-Fv2: - EFI Firmware VOlume device 2
-10.0.1.102: - TFTP service IP followed by the file name
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Protocol/BlockIo.h>
-#include <Protocol/DiskIo.h>
-#include <Protocol/SimpleFileSystem.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolume2.h>
-#include <Protocol/LoadFile.h>
-#include <Protocol/FirmwareVolumeBlock.h>
-
-#include <Guid/FileInfo.h>
-#include <Guid/ZeroGuid.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/DevicePathLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/EfiFileLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/EblNetworkLib.h>
-
-
-CHAR8 *gCwd = NULL;
-
-#define EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD_HEADER 0x4B4D4641
-#define EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD_FOOTER 0x444D5A56
-
-// Need to defend against this overflowing
-#define MAX_CMD_LINE 0x200
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Header;
- EFI_OPEN_FILE File;
- UINT32 Footer;
-} EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD;
-
-
-// globals to store current open device info
-EFI_HANDLE *mBlkIo = NULL;
-UINTN mBlkIoCount = 0;
-
-EFI_HANDLE *mFs = NULL;
-UINTN mFsCount = 0;
-// mFsInfo[] array entries must match mFs[] handles
-EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_INFO **mFsInfo = NULL;
-
-EFI_HANDLE *mFv = NULL;
-UINTN mFvCount = 0;
-EFI_HANDLE *mLoadFile = NULL;
-UINTN mLoadFileCount = 0;
-
-
-
-/**
-Internal worker function to validate a File handle.
-
-@param File Open File Handle
-
-@return TRUE File is valid
-@return FALSE File is not valid
-
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-FileHandleValid (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE *File
- )
-{
- EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD *GuardFile;
-
- // Look right before and after file structure for the correct signatures
- GuardFile = BASE_CR (File, EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD, File);
- if ((GuardFile->Header != EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD_HEADER) ||
- (GuardFile->Footer != EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD_FOOTER) ) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
-Internal worker function. If Buffer is not NULL free it.
-
-@param Buffer Buffer to FreePool()
-
-**/
-VOID
-EblFreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (Buffer);
- }
-}
-
-/**
-Update Device List Global Variables
-
-**/
-VOID
-EblUpdateDeviceLists (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Size;
- EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL *Fs;
- EFI_FILE_HANDLE Root;
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (mBlkIo != NULL) {
- FreePool (mBlkIo);
- }
- gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (ByProtocol, &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid, NULL, &mBlkIoCount, &mBlkIo);
-
-
-
- if (mFv != NULL) {
- FreePool (mFv);
- }
- gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (ByProtocol, &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, NULL, &mFvCount, &mFv);
-
- if (mLoadFile != NULL) {
- FreePool (mLoadFile);
- }
- gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (ByProtocol, &gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid, NULL, &mLoadFileCount, &mLoadFile);
-
- if (mFs != NULL) {
- FreePool (mFs);
- }
-
- if (&mFsInfo[0] != NULL) {
- // Need to Free the mFsInfo prior to recalculating mFsCount so don't move this code
- for (Index = 0; Index < mFsCount; Index++) {
- if (mFsInfo[Index] != NULL) {
- FreePool (mFsInfo[Index]);
- }
- }
- FreePool (mFsInfo);
- }
-
- gBS->LocateHandleBuffer (ByProtocol, &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, NULL, &mFsCount, &mFs);
-
-
- mFsInfo = AllocateZeroPool (mFsCount * sizeof (EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_INFO *));
- if (mFsInfo == NULL) {
- // If we can't do this then we can't support file system entries
- mFsCount = 0;
- } else {
- // Loop through all the file system structures and cache the file system info data
- for (Index =0; Index < mFsCount; Index++) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (mFs[Index], &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Fs);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = Fs->OpenVolume (Fs, &Root);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- // Get information about the volume
- Size = 0;
- Status = Root->GetInfo (Root, &gEfiFileSystemInfoGuid, &Size, mFsInfo[Index]);
- if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- mFsInfo[Index] = AllocatePool (Size);
- Status = Root->GetInfo (Root, &gEfiFileSystemInfoGuid, &Size, mFsInfo[Index]);
- }
-
- Root->Close (Root);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
-PathName is in the form <device name>:<path> for example fs1:\ or ROOT:\.
-Return TRUE if the <devce name> prefix of PathName matches a file system
-Volume Name. MatchIndex is the array index in mFsInfo[] of the match,
-and it can be used with mFs[] to find the handle that needs to be opened
-
-@param PathName PathName to check
-@param FileStart Index of the first character of the <path>
-@param MatchIndex Index in mFsInfo[] that matches
-
-@return TRUE PathName matches a Volume Label and MatchIndex is valid
-@return FALSE PathName does not match a Volume Label MatchIndex undefined
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-EblMatchVolumeName (
- IN CHAR8 *PathName,
- IN UINTN FileStart,
- OUT UINTN *MatchIndex
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN Compare;
- UINTN VolStrLen;
- BOOLEAN Match;
-
- for (Index =0; Index < mFsCount; Index++) {
- if (mFsInfo[Index] == NULL) {
- // FsInfo is not valid so skip it
- continue;
- }
- VolStrLen = StrLen (mFsInfo[Index]->VolumeLabel);
- for (Compare = 0, Match = TRUE; Compare < (FileStart - 1); Compare++) {
- if (Compare > VolStrLen) {
- Match = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- if (PathName[Compare] != (CHAR8)mFsInfo[Index]->VolumeLabel[Compare]) {
- // If the VolumeLabel has a space allow a _ to match with it in addition to ' '
- if (!((PathName[Compare] == '_') && (mFsInfo[Index]->VolumeLabel[Compare] == L' '))) {
- Match = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (Match) {
- *MatchIndex = Index;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Return the number of devices of the current type active in the system
-
-@param Type Device type to check
-
-@return 0 Invalid type
-
-**/
-UINTN
-EfiGetDeviceCounts (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE_TYPE DeviceType
- )
-{
- switch (DeviceType) {
- case EfiOpenLoadFile:
- return mLoadFileCount;
- case EfiOpenFirmwareVolume:
- return mFvCount;
- case EfiOpenFileSystem:
- return mFsCount;
- case EfiOpenBlockIo:
- return mBlkIoCount;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-ConvertIpStringToEfiIp (
- IN CHAR8 *PathName,
- OUT EFI_IP_ADDRESS *ServerIp
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *Str;
-
- Str = PathName;
- ServerIp->v4.Addr[0] = (UINT8)AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (Str);
-
- Str = AsciiStrStr (Str, ".");
- if (Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- ServerIp->v4.Addr[1] = (UINT8)AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (++Str);
-
- Str = AsciiStrStr (Str, ".");
- if (Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- ServerIp->v4.Addr[2] = (UINT8)AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (++Str);
-
- Str = AsciiStrStr (Str, ".");
- if (Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- ServerIp->v4.Addr[3] = (UINT8)AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (++Str);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Internal work function to extract a device number from a string skipping
-text. Easy way to extract numbers from strings like blk7:.
-
-@param Str String to extract device number form
-
-@return -1 Device string is not valid
-@return Device #
-
-**/
-UINTN
-EblConvertDevStringToNumber (
- IN CHAR8 *Str
- )
-{
- UINTN Max;
- UINTN Index;
-
-
- // Find the first digit
- Max = AsciiStrLen (Str);
- for (Index = 0; !((*Str >= '0') && (*Str <= '9')) && (Index < Max); Index++) {
- Str++;
- }
- if (Index == Max) {
- return (UINTN)-1;
- }
-
- return AsciiStrDecimalToUintn (Str);
-}
-
-
-/**
-Internal work function to fill in EFI_OPEN_FILE information for the Fs and BlkIo
-
-@param File Open file handle
-@param FileName Name of file after device stripped off
-
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EblFileDevicePath (
- IN OUT EFI_OPEN_FILE *File,
- IN CHAR8 *FileName,
- IN CONST UINT64 OpenMode
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Size;
- FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *FilePath;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *FileDevicePath;
- CHAR16 UnicodeFileName[MAX_PATHNAME];
- EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL *BlkIo;
- EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL *Fs;
- EFI_FILE_HANDLE Root;
-
-
- if ( *FileName != 0 ) {
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStr (FileName, UnicodeFileName);
- } else {
- AsciiStrToUnicodeStr ("\\", UnicodeFileName);
- }
-
- Size = StrSize (UnicodeFileName);
- FileDevicePath = AllocatePool (Size + SIZE_OF_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH + sizeof (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL));
- if (FileDevicePath != NULL) {
- FilePath = (FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH *) FileDevicePath;
- FilePath->Header.Type = MEDIA_DEVICE_PATH;
- FilePath->Header.SubType = MEDIA_FILEPATH_DP;
- CopyMem (&FilePath->PathName, UnicodeFileName, Size);
- SetDevicePathNodeLength (&FilePath->Header, Size + SIZE_OF_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH);
- SetDevicePathEndNode (NextDevicePathNode (&FilePath->Header));
-
- if (File->EfiHandle != NULL) {
- File->DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (File->EfiHandle);
- }
-
- File->DevicePath = AppendDevicePath (File->DevicePath, FileDevicePath);
- FreePool (FileDevicePath);
- }
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (File->EfiHandle, &gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&BlkIo);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- File->FsBlockIoMedia = BlkIo->Media;
- File->FsBlockIo = BlkIo;
-
- // If we are not opening the device this will get over written with file info
- File->MaxPosition = MultU64x32 (BlkIo->Media->LastBlock + 1, BlkIo->Media->BlockSize);
- }
-
- if (File->Type == EfiOpenFileSystem) {
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (File->EfiHandle, &gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Fs);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = Fs->OpenVolume (Fs, &Root);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- // Get information about the volume
- Size = 0;
- Status = Root->GetInfo (Root, &gEfiFileSystemInfoGuid, &Size, File->FsInfo);
- if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- File->FsInfo = AllocatePool (Size);
- Status = Root->GetInfo (Root, &gEfiFileSystemInfoGuid, &Size, File->FsInfo);
- }
-
- // Get information about the file
- Status = Root->Open (Root, &File->FsFileHandle, UnicodeFileName, OpenMode, 0);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Size = 0;
- Status = File->FsFileHandle->GetInfo (File->FsFileHandle, &gEfiFileInfoGuid, &Size, NULL);
- if (Status == EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- File->FsFileInfo = AllocatePool (Size);
- Status = File->FsFileHandle->GetInfo (File->FsFileHandle, &gEfiFileInfoGuid, &Size, File->FsFileInfo);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- File->Size = (UINTN)File->FsFileInfo->FileSize;
- File->MaxPosition = (UINT64)File->Size;
- }
- }
- }
-
- Root->Close (Root);
- }
- }
- } else if (File->Type == EfiOpenBlockIo) {
- File->Size = (UINTN)File->MaxPosition;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-#define ToUpper(a) ((((a) >= 'a') && ((a) <= 'z')) ? ((a) - 'a' + 'A') : (a))
-
-EFI_STATUS
-CompareGuidToString (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-{
- CHAR8 AsciiGuid[64];
- CHAR8 *StringPtr;
- CHAR8 *GuidPtr;
-
- AsciiSPrint (AsciiGuid, sizeof(AsciiGuid), "%g", Guid);
-
- StringPtr = String;
- GuidPtr = AsciiGuid;
-
- while ((*StringPtr != '\0') && (*GuidPtr != '\0')) {
- // Skip dashes
- if (*StringPtr == '-') {
- StringPtr++;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (*GuidPtr == '-') {
- GuidPtr++;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (ToUpper(*StringPtr) != ToUpper(*GuidPtr)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- StringPtr++;
- GuidPtr++;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Internal work function to fill in EFI_OPEN_FILE information for the FV
-
-@param File Open file handle
-@param FileName Name of file after device stripped off
-
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EblFvFileDevicePath (
- IN OUT EFI_OPEN_FILE *File,
- IN CHAR8 *FileName,
- IN CONST UINT64 OpenMode
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STATUS GetNextFileStatus;
- MEDIA_FW_VOL_FILEPATH_DEVICE_PATH DevicePathNode;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- UINTN Key;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- CHAR8 AsciiSection[MAX_PATHNAME];
- VOID *Section;
- UINTN SectionSize;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_BLOCK_PROTOCOL *Fvb;
- EFI_LBA Lba;
- UINTN BlockSize;
- UINTN NumberOfBlocks;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader = NULL;
- UINTN Index;
-
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (File->EfiHandle, &gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&File->Fv);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- // Get FVB Info about the handle
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (File->EfiHandle, &gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&Fvb);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = Fvb->GetPhysicalAddress (Fvb, &File->FvStart);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(UINTN)File->FvStart;
- File->FvHeaderSize = sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER);
- for (Index = 0; FvHeader->BlockMap[Index].Length !=0; Index++) {
- File->FvHeaderSize += sizeof (EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY);
- }
-
- for (Lba = 0, File->FvSize = 0, NumberOfBlocks = 0; ; File->FvSize += (BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks), Lba += NumberOfBlocks) {
- Status = Fvb->GetBlockSize (Fvb, Lba, &BlockSize, &NumberOfBlocks);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-
- DevicePath = DevicePathFromHandle (File->EfiHandle);
-
- if (*FileName == '\0') {
- File->DevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (DevicePath);
- File->Size = File->FvSize;
- File->MaxPosition = File->Size;
- } else {
- Key = 0;
- do {
- File->FvType = EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL;
- GetNextFileStatus = File->Fv->GetNextFile (
- File->Fv,
- &Key,
- &File->FvType,
- &File->FvNameGuid,
- &File->FvAttributes,
- &File->Size
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus)) {
- // Compare GUID first
- Status = CompareGuidToString (&File->FvNameGuid, FileName);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- Section = NULL;
- Status = File->Fv->ReadSection (
- File->Fv,
- &File->FvNameGuid,
- EFI_SECTION_USER_INTERFACE,
- 0,
- &Section,
- &SectionSize,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- UnicodeStrToAsciiStr (Section, AsciiSection);
- if (AsciiStriCmp (FileName, AsciiSection) == 0) {
- FreePool (Section);
- break;
- }
- FreePool (Section);
- }
- }
- } while (!EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus));
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (GetNextFileStatus)) {
- return GetNextFileStatus;
- }
-
- if (OpenMode != EFI_SECTION_ALL) {
- // Calculate the size of the section we are targeting
- Section = NULL;
- File->Size = 0;
- Status = File->Fv->ReadSection (
- File->Fv,
- &File->FvNameGuid,
- (EFI_SECTION_TYPE)OpenMode,
- 0,
- &Section,
- &File->Size,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- File->MaxPosition = File->Size;
- EfiInitializeFwVolDevicepathNode (&DevicePathNode, &File->FvNameGuid);
- File->DevicePath = AppendDevicePathNode (DevicePath, (EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *)&DevicePathNode);
- }
-
-
- // FVB not required if FV was soft loaded...
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
-Open a device named by PathName. The PathName includes a device name and
-path separated by a :. See file header for more details on the PathName
-syntax. There is no checking to prevent a file from being opened more than
-one type.
-
-SectionType is only used to open an FV. Each file in an FV contains multiple
-sections and only the SectionType section is opened.
-
-For any file that is opened with EfiOpen() must be closed with EfiClose().
-
-@param PathName Path to parse to open
-@param OpenMode Same as EFI_FILE.Open()
-@param SectionType Section in FV to open.
-
-@return NULL Open failed
-@return Valid EFI_OPEN_FILE handle
-
-**/
-EFI_OPEN_FILE *
-EfiOpen (
- IN CHAR8 *PathName,
- IN CONST UINT64 OpenMode,
- IN CONST EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_OPEN_FILE *File;
- EFI_OPEN_FILE FileData;
- UINTN StrLen;
- UINTN FileStart;
- UINTN DevNumber = 0;
- EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD *GuardFile;
- BOOLEAN VolumeNameMatch;
- EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *DevicePath;
- UINTN Size;
- EFI_IP_ADDRESS Ip;
- CHAR8 *CwdPlusPathName;
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE ModifiedSectionType;
-
- EblUpdateDeviceLists ();
-
- File = &FileData;
- ZeroMem (File, sizeof (EFI_OPEN_FILE));
-
- StrLen = AsciiStrSize (PathName);
- if (StrLen <= 1) {
- // Smallest valid path is 1 char and a null
- return NULL;
- }
-
- for (FileStart = 0; FileStart < StrLen; FileStart++) {
- if (PathName[FileStart] == ':') {
- FileStart++;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Matching volume name has precedence over handle based names
- //
- VolumeNameMatch = EblMatchVolumeName (PathName, FileStart, &DevNumber);
- if (!VolumeNameMatch) {
- if (FileStart == StrLen) {
- // No Volume name or device name, so try Current Working Directory
- if (gCwd == NULL) {
- // No CWD
- return NULL;
- }
-
- // We could add a current working directory concept
- CwdPlusPathName = AllocatePool (AsciiStrSize (gCwd) + AsciiStrSize (PathName));
- if (CwdPlusPathName == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if ((PathName[0] == '/') || (PathName[0] == '\\')) {
- // PathName starts in / so this means we go to the root of the device in the CWD.
- CwdPlusPathName[0] = '\0';
- for (FileStart = 0; gCwd[FileStart] != '\0'; FileStart++) {
- CwdPlusPathName[FileStart] = gCwd[FileStart];
- if (gCwd[FileStart] == ':') {
- FileStart++;
- CwdPlusPathName[FileStart] = '\0';
- break;
- }
- }
- } else {
- AsciiStrCpy (CwdPlusPathName, gCwd);
- StrLen = AsciiStrLen (gCwd);
- if ((*PathName != '/') && (*PathName != '\\') && (gCwd[StrLen-1] != '/') && (gCwd[StrLen-1] != '\\')) {
- AsciiStrCat (CwdPlusPathName, "\\");
- }
- }
-
- AsciiStrCat (CwdPlusPathName, PathName);
- if (AsciiStrStr (CwdPlusPathName, ":") == NULL) {
- // Extra error check to make sure we don't recurse and blow stack
- return NULL;
- }
-
- File = EfiOpen (CwdPlusPathName, OpenMode, SectionType);
- FreePool (CwdPlusPathName);
- return File;
- }
-
- DevNumber = EblConvertDevStringToNumber ((CHAR8 *)PathName);
- }
-
- File->DeviceName = AllocatePool (StrLen);
- AsciiStrCpy (File->DeviceName, PathName);
- File->DeviceName[FileStart - 1] = '\0';
- File->FileName = &File->DeviceName[FileStart];
- if (File->FileName[0] == '\0') {
- // if it is just a file name use / as root
- File->FileName = "\\";
- }
-
- //
- // Use best match algorithm on the dev names so we only need to look at the
- // first few charters to match the full device name. Short name forms are
- // legal from the caller.
- //
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- if (*PathName == 'f' || *PathName == 'F' || VolumeNameMatch) {
- if (PathName[1] == 's' || PathName[1] == 'S' || VolumeNameMatch) {
- if (DevNumber >= mFsCount) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
- File->Type = EfiOpenFileSystem;
- File->EfiHandle = mFs[DevNumber];
- Status = EblFileDevicePath (File, &PathName[FileStart], OpenMode);
-
- } else if (PathName[1] == 'v' || PathName[1] == 'V') {
- if (DevNumber >= mFvCount) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
- File->Type = EfiOpenFirmwareVolume;
- File->EfiHandle = mFv[DevNumber];
-
- if ((PathName[FileStart] == '/') || (PathName[FileStart] == '\\')) {
- // Skip leading / as its not really needed for the FV since no directories are supported
- FileStart++;
- }
-
- // Check for 2nd :
- ModifiedSectionType = SectionType;
- for (Index = FileStart; PathName[Index] != '\0'; Index++) {
- if (PathName[Index] == ':') {
- // Support fv0:\DxeCore:0x10
- // This means open the PE32 Section of the file
- ModifiedSectionType = (EFI_SECTION_TYPE)AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PathName[Index + 1]);
- PathName[Index] = '\0';
- }
- }
- File->FvSectionType = ModifiedSectionType;
- Status = EblFvFileDevicePath (File, &PathName[FileStart], ModifiedSectionType);
- }
- } else if ((*PathName == 'A') || (*PathName == 'a')) {
- // Handle a:0x10000000:0x1234 address form a:ADDRESS:SIZE
- File->Type = EfiOpenMemoryBuffer;
- // 1st colon is at PathName[FileStart - 1]
- File->Buffer = (VOID *)AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PathName[FileStart]);
-
- // Find 2nd colon
- while ((PathName[FileStart] != ':') && (PathName[FileStart] != '\0')) {
- FileStart++;
- }
-
- // If we ran out of string, there's no extra data
- if (PathName[FileStart] == '\0') {
- File->Size = 0;
- } else {
- File->Size = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PathName[FileStart + 1]);
- }
-
- // if there's no number after the second colon, default
- // the end of memory
- if (File->Size == 0) {
- File->Size = (UINTN)(0 - (UINTN)File->Buffer);
- }
-
- File->MaxPosition = File->Size;
- File->BaseOffset = (UINTN)File->Buffer;
-
- } else if (*PathName== 'l' || *PathName == 'L') {
- if (DevNumber >= mLoadFileCount) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
- File->Type = EfiOpenLoadFile;
- File->EfiHandle = mLoadFile[DevNumber];
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (File->EfiHandle, &gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&File->LoadFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (File->EfiHandle, &gEfiDevicePathProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&DevicePath);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
- File->DevicePath = DuplicateDevicePath (DevicePath);
-
- } else if (*PathName == 'b' || *PathName == 'B') {
- // Handle b#:0x10000000:0x1234 address form b#:ADDRESS:SIZE
- if (DevNumber >= mBlkIoCount) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
- File->Type = EfiOpenBlockIo;
- File->EfiHandle = mBlkIo[DevNumber];
- EblFileDevicePath (File, "", OpenMode);
-
- // 1st colon is at PathName[FileStart - 1]
- File->DiskOffset = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PathName[FileStart]);
-
- // Find 2nd colon
- while ((PathName[FileStart] != ':') && (PathName[FileStart] != '\0')) {
- FileStart++;
- }
-
- // If we ran out of string, there's no extra data
- if (PathName[FileStart] == '\0') {
- Size = 0;
- } else {
- Size = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PathName[FileStart + 1]);
- }
-
- // if a zero size is passed in (or the size is left out entirely),
- // go to the end of the device.
- if (Size == 0) {
- File->Size = File->Size - File->DiskOffset;
- } else {
- File->Size = Size;
- }
-
- File->MaxPosition = File->Size;
- File->BaseOffset = File->DiskOffset;
- } else if ((*PathName) >= '0' && (*PathName <= '9')) {
-
- // Get current IP address
- Status = EblGetCurrentIpAddress (&Ip);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("Device IP Address is not configured.\n");
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
-
-
- // Parse X.X.X.X:Filename, only support IPv4 TFTP for now...
- File->Type = EfiOpenTftp;
- File->IsDirty = FALSE;
- File->IsBufferValid = FALSE;
-
- Status = ConvertIpStringToEfiIp (PathName, &File->ServerIp);
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
-
- GuardFile = (EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD *)AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD));
- if (GuardFile == NULL) {
- goto ErrorExit;
- }
-
- GuardFile->Header = EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD_HEADER;
- CopyMem (&(GuardFile->File), &FileData, sizeof (EFI_OPEN_FILE));
- GuardFile->Footer = EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD_FOOTER;
-
- return &(GuardFile->File);
-
-ErrorExit:
- FreePool (File->DeviceName);
- return NULL;
-}
-
-#define FILE_COPY_CHUNK 0x01000000
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiCopyFile (
- IN CHAR8 *DestinationFile,
- IN CHAR8 *SourceFile
- )
-{
- EFI_OPEN_FILE *Source = NULL;
- EFI_OPEN_FILE *Destination = NULL;
- EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- VOID *Buffer = NULL;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN Chunk = FILE_COPY_CHUNK;
-
- Source = EfiOpen (SourceFile, EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
- if (Source == NULL) {
- AsciiPrint("Source file open error.\n");
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Destination = EfiOpen (DestinationFile, EFI_FILE_MODE_WRITE | EFI_FILE_MODE_CREATE, 0);
- if (Destination == NULL) {
- AsciiPrint("Destination file open error.\n");
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Buffer = AllocatePool(FILE_COPY_CHUNK);
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Size = EfiTell(Source, NULL);
-
- for (Offset = 0; Offset + FILE_COPY_CHUNK <= Size; Offset += Chunk) {
- Chunk = FILE_COPY_CHUNK;
-
- Status = EfiRead(Source, Buffer, &Chunk);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("Read file error %r\n", Status);
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Status = EfiWrite(Destination, Buffer, &Chunk);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("Write file error %r\n", Status);
- goto Exit;
- }
- }
-
- // Any left over?
- if (Offset < Size) {
- Chunk = Size - Offset;
-
- Status = EfiRead(Source, Buffer, &Chunk);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("Read file error\n");
- goto Exit;
- }
-
- Status = EfiWrite(Destination, Buffer, &Chunk);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("Write file error\n");
- goto Exit;
- }
- }
-
-Exit:
- if (Source != NULL) {
- Status = EfiClose(Source);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("Source close error");
- }
- }
-
- if (Destination != NULL) {
- Status = EfiClose(Destination);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("Destination close error");
- }
- }
-
- if (Buffer != NULL) {
- FreePool(Buffer);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
-Use DeviceType and Index to form a valid PathName and try and open it.
-
-@param DeviceType Device type to open
-@param Index Device Index to use. Zero relative.
-
-@return NULL Open failed
-@return Valid EFI_OPEN_FILE handle
-
-**/
-EFI_OPEN_FILE *
-EfiDeviceOpenByType (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE_TYPE DeviceType,
- IN UINTN Index
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *DevStr;
- CHAR8 Path[MAX_CMD_LINE];
-
- switch (DeviceType) {
- case EfiOpenLoadFile:
- DevStr = "loadfile%d:";
- break;
- case EfiOpenFirmwareVolume:
- DevStr = "fv%d:";
- break;
- case EfiOpenFileSystem:
- DevStr = "fs%d:";
- break;
- case EfiOpenBlockIo:
- DevStr = "blk%d:";
- break;
- case EfiOpenMemoryBuffer:
- DevStr = "a%d:";
- break;
- default:
- return NULL;
- }
-
- AsciiSPrint (Path, MAX_PATHNAME, DevStr, Index);
-
- return EfiOpen (Path, EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
-}
-
-
-/**
-Close a file handle opened by EfiOpen() and free all resources allocated by
-EfiOpen().
-
-@param Stream Open File Handle
-
-@return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Stream is not an Open File
-@return EFI_SUCCESS Steam closed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiClose (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE *File
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 TftpBufferSize;
-
- if (!FileHandleValid (File)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //Write the buffer contents to TFTP file.
- if ((File->Type == EfiOpenTftp) && (File->IsDirty)) {
-
- TftpBufferSize = File->Size;
- Status = EblMtftp (
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_TFTP_WRITE_FILE,
- File->Buffer,
- TRUE,
- &TftpBufferSize,
- NULL,
- &File->ServerIp,
- (UINT8 *)File->FileName,
- NULL,
- FALSE
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("TFTP error during APPLE_NSP_TFTP_WRITE_FILE: %r\n", Status);
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- if ((File->Type == EfiOpenLoadFile) ||
- ((File->Type == EfiOpenTftp) && (File->IsBufferValid == TRUE)) ||
- ((File->Type == EfiOpenFirmwareVolume) && (File->IsBufferValid == TRUE))) {
- EblFreePool(File->Buffer);
- }
-
- EblFreePool (File->DevicePath);
- EblFreePool (File->DeviceName);
- EblFreePool (File->FsFileInfo);
- EblFreePool (File->FsInfo);
-
- if (File->FsFileHandle != NULL) {
- File->FsFileHandle->Close (File->FsFileHandle);
- }
-
- // Need to free File and it's Guard structures
- EblFreePool (BASE_CR (File, EFI_OPEN_FILE_GUARD, File));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Return the size of the file represented by Stream. Also return the current
-Seek position. Opening a file will enable a valid file size to be returned.
-LoadFile is an exception as a load file size is set to zero.
-
-@param Stream Open File Handle
-
-@return 0 Stream is not an Open File or a valid LoadFile handle
-
-**/
-UINTN
-EfiTell (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE *File,
- OUT EFI_LBA *CurrentPosition OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 BufferSize = 0;
-
- if (!FileHandleValid (File)) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (CurrentPosition != NULL) {
- *CurrentPosition = File->CurrentPosition;
- }
-
- if (File->Type == EfiOpenLoadFile) {
- // Figure out the File->Size
- File->Buffer = NULL;
- File->Size = 0;
- Status = File->LoadFile->LoadFile (File->LoadFile, File->DevicePath, FALSE, &File->Size, File->Buffer);
- if (Status != EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- File->MaxPosition = (UINT64)File->Size;
- } else if (File->Type == EfiOpenTftp) {
-
- Status = EblMtftp (
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_TFTP_GET_FILE_SIZE,
- NULL,
- FALSE,
- &BufferSize,
- NULL,
- &File->ServerIp,
- (UINT8 *)File->FileName,
- NULL,
- TRUE
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("TFTP error during APPLE_NSP_TFTP_GET_FILE_SIZE: %r\n", Status);
- return 0;
- }
-
- File->Size = (UINTN)BufferSize;
- File->MaxPosition = File->Size;
- }
-
- return File->Size;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Seek to the Offset location in the file. LoadFile and FV device types do
-not support EfiSeek(). It is not possible to grow the file size using
-EfiSeek().
-
-SeekType defines how use Offset to calculate the new file position:
-EfiSeekStart : Position = Offset
-EfiSeekCurrent: Position is Offset bytes from the current position
-EfiSeekEnd : Only supported if Offset is zero to seek to end of file.
-
-@param Stream Open File Handle
-@param Offset Offset to seek too.
-@param SeekType Type of seek to perform
-
-
-@return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Stream is not an Open File
-@return EFI_UNSUPPORTED LoadFile and FV do not support Seek
-@return EFI_NOT_FOUND Seek past the end of the file.
-@return EFI_SUCCESS Steam closed
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiSeek (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE *File,
- IN EFI_LBA Offset,
- IN EFI_SEEK_TYPE SeekType
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 CurrentPosition;
-
- if (!FileHandleValid (File)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (File->Type == EfiOpenLoadFile) {
- // LoadFile does not support Seek
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- CurrentPosition = File->CurrentPosition;
- switch (SeekType) {
- case EfiSeekStart:
- if (Offset > File->MaxPosition) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- CurrentPosition = Offset;
- break;
-
- case EfiSeekCurrent:
- if ((File->CurrentPosition + Offset) > File->MaxPosition) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- CurrentPosition += Offset;
- break;
-
- case EfiSeekEnd:
- if (Offset != 0) {
- // We don't support growing file size via seeking past end of file
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- CurrentPosition = File->MaxPosition;
- break;
-
- default:
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- if (File->FsFileHandle != NULL) {
- Status = File->FsFileHandle->SetPosition (File->FsFileHandle, CurrentPosition);
- }
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- File->CurrentPosition = CurrentPosition;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-CacheTftpFile (
- IN OUT EFI_OPEN_FILE *File
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT64 TftpBufferSize;
-
- if (File->IsBufferValid) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- // Make sure the file size is set.
- EfiTell (File, NULL);
-
- //Allocate a buffer to hold the whole file.
- File->Buffer = AllocatePool(File->Size);
- if (File->Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- TftpBufferSize = File->Size;
-
- Status = EblMtftp (
- EFI_PXE_BASE_CODE_TFTP_READ_FILE,
- File->Buffer,
- FALSE,
- &TftpBufferSize,
- NULL,
- &File->ServerIp,
- (UINT8 *)File->FileName,
- NULL,
- FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- AsciiPrint("TFTP error during APPLE_NSP_TFTP_READ_FILE: %r\n", Status);
- FreePool(File->Buffer);
- return Status;
- }
-
- // Set the buffer valid flag.
- File->IsBufferValid = TRUE;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
-Read BufferSize bytes from the current location in the file. For load file,
-FV, and TFTP case you must read the entire file.
-
-@param Stream Open File Handle
-@param Buffer Caller allocated buffer.
-@param BufferSize Size of buffer in bytes.
-
-
-@return EFI_SUCCESS Stream is not an Open File
-@return EFI_END_OF_FILE Tried to read past the end of the file
-@return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Stream is not an open file handle
-@return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer is not big enough to do the read
-@return "other" Error returned from device read
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiRead (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE *File,
- OUT VOID *Buffer,
- OUT UINTN *BufferSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
- EFI_DISK_IO_PROTOCOL *DiskIo;
-
- if (!FileHandleValid (File)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- // Don't read past the end of the file.
- if ((File->CurrentPosition + *BufferSize) > File->MaxPosition) {
- return EFI_END_OF_FILE;
- }
-
- switch (File->Type) {
- case EfiOpenLoadFile:
- // Figure out the File->Size
- EfiTell (File, NULL);
-
- Status = File->LoadFile->LoadFile (File->LoadFile, File->DevicePath, FALSE, BufferSize, Buffer);
- break;
-
- case EfiOpenFirmwareVolume:
- if (CompareGuid (&File->FvNameGuid, &gZeroGuid)) {
- // This is the entire FV device, so treat like a memory buffer
- CopyMem (Buffer, (VOID *)(UINTN)(File->FvStart + File->CurrentPosition), *BufferSize);
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- if (File->Buffer == NULL) {
- if (File->FvSectionType == EFI_SECTION_ALL) {
- Status = File->Fv->ReadFile (
- File->Fv,
- &File->FvNameGuid,
- (VOID **)&File->Buffer,
- &File->Size,
- &File->FvType,
- &File->FvAttributes,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- } else {
- Status = File->Fv->ReadSection (
- File->Fv,
- &File->FvNameGuid,
- File->FvSectionType,
- 0,
- (VOID **)&File->Buffer,
- &File->Size,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- File->IsBufferValid = TRUE;
- }
- // Operate on the cached buffer so Seek will work
- CopyMem (Buffer, File->Buffer + File->CurrentPosition, *BufferSize);
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- break;
-
- case EfiOpenMemoryBuffer:
- CopyMem (Buffer, File->Buffer + File->CurrentPosition, *BufferSize);
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- break;
-
- case EfiOpenFileSystem:
- Status = File->FsFileHandle->Read (File->FsFileHandle, BufferSize, Buffer);
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
- break;
-
- case EfiOpenBlockIo:
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol(File->EfiHandle, &gEfiDiskIoProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&DiskIo);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- Status = DiskIo->ReadDisk(DiskIo, File->FsBlockIoMedia->MediaId, File->DiskOffset + File->CurrentPosition, *BufferSize, Buffer);
- }
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
- break;
-
- case EfiOpenTftp:
- // Cache the file if it hasn't been cached yet.
- if (File->IsBufferValid == FALSE) {
- Status = CacheTftpFile (File);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- // Copy out the requested data
- CopyMem (Buffer, File->Buffer + File->CurrentPosition, *BufferSize);
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- break;
-
- default:
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- };
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Read the entire file into a buffer. This routine allocates the buffer and
-returns it to the user full of the read data.
-
-This is very useful for load file where it's hard to know how big the buffer
-must be.
-
-@param Stream Open File Handle
-@param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
-@param BufferSize Pointer to Size of buffer return..
-
-
-@return EFI_SUCCESS Stream is not an Open File
-@return EFI_END_OF_FILE Tried to read past the end of the file
-@return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Stream is not an open file handle
-@return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer is not big enough to do the read
-@return "other" Error returned from device read
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiReadAllocatePool (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE *File,
- OUT VOID **Buffer,
- OUT UINTN *BufferSize
- )
-{
- if (!FileHandleValid (File)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- // Loadfile defers file size determination on Open so use tell to find it
- EfiTell (File, NULL);
-
- *BufferSize = File->Size;
- *Buffer = AllocatePool (*BufferSize);
- if (*Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- return EfiRead (File, *Buffer, BufferSize);
-}
-
-
-/**
-Write data back to the file. For TFTP case you must write the entire file.
-
-@param Stream Open File Handle
-@param Buffer Pointer to buffer to return.
-@param BufferSize Pointer to Size of buffer return..
-
-
-@return EFI_SUCCESS Stream is not an Open File
-@return EFI_END_OF_FILE Tried to read past the end of the file
-@return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Stream is not an open file handle
-@return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Buffer is not big enough to do the read
-@return "other" Error returned from device write
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiWrite (
- IN EFI_OPEN_FILE *File,
- OUT VOID *Buffer,
- OUT UINTN *BufferSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FV_WRITE_FILE_DATA FileData;
- EFI_DISK_IO_PROTOCOL *DiskIo;
-
- if (!FileHandleValid (File)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- switch (File->Type) {
- case EfiOpenMemoryBuffer:
- if ((File->CurrentPosition + *BufferSize) > File->MaxPosition) {
- return EFI_END_OF_FILE;
- }
-
- CopyMem (File->Buffer + File->CurrentPosition, Buffer, *BufferSize);
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- case EfiOpenLoadFile:
- // LoadFile device is read only be definition
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-
- case EfiOpenFirmwareVolume:
- if (File->FvSectionType != EFI_SECTION_ALL) {
- // Writes not support to a specific section. You have to update entire file
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- FileData.NameGuid = &(File->FvNameGuid);
- FileData.Type = File->FvType;
- FileData.FileAttributes = File->FvAttributes;
- FileData.Buffer = Buffer;
- FileData.BufferSize = (UINT32)*BufferSize;
- Status = File->Fv->WriteFile (File->Fv, 1, EFI_FV_UNRELIABLE_WRITE, &FileData);
- break;
-
- case EfiOpenFileSystem:
- Status = File->FsFileHandle->Write (File->FsFileHandle, BufferSize, Buffer);
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
- break;
-
- case EfiOpenBlockIo:
- if ((File->CurrentPosition + *BufferSize) > File->MaxPosition) {
- return EFI_END_OF_FILE;
- }
-
- Status = gBS->HandleProtocol (File->EfiHandle, &gEfiDiskIoProtocolGuid, (VOID **)&DiskIo);
- if (!EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- Status = DiskIo->WriteDisk (DiskIo, File->FsBlockIoMedia->MediaId, File->DiskOffset + File->CurrentPosition, *BufferSize, Buffer);
- }
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
- break;
-
- case EfiOpenTftp:
- // Cache the file if it hasn't been cached yet.
- if (File->IsBufferValid == FALSE) {
- Status = CacheTftpFile(File);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- // Don't overwrite the buffer
- if ((File->CurrentPosition + *BufferSize) > File->MaxPosition) {
- UINT8 *TempBuffer;
-
- TempBuffer = File->Buffer;
-
- File->Buffer = AllocatePool ((UINTN)(File->CurrentPosition + *BufferSize));
- if (File->Buffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- CopyMem (File->Buffer, TempBuffer, File->Size);
-
- FreePool (TempBuffer);
-
- File->Size = (UINTN)(File->CurrentPosition + *BufferSize);
- File->MaxPosition = (UINT64)File->Size;
- }
-
- // Copy in the requested data
- CopyMem (File->Buffer + File->CurrentPosition, Buffer, *BufferSize);
- File->CurrentPosition += *BufferSize;
-
- // Mark the file dirty
- File->IsDirty = TRUE;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- break;
-
- default:
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- };
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Given Cwd expand Path to remove .. and replace them with real
-directory names.
-
-@param Cwd Current Working Directory
-@param Path Path to expand
-
-@return NULL Cwd or Path are not valid
-@return 'other' Path with .. expanded
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-ExpandPath (
- IN CHAR8 *Cwd,
- IN CHAR8 *Path
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *NewPath;
- CHAR8 *Work, *Start, *End;
- UINTN StrLen;
- INTN i;
-
- if (Cwd == NULL || Path == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- StrLen = AsciiStrSize (Cwd);
- if (StrLen <= 2) {
- // Smallest valid path is 1 char and a null
- return NULL;
- }
-
- StrLen = AsciiStrSize (Path);
- NewPath = AllocatePool (AsciiStrSize (Cwd) + StrLen + 1);
- if (NewPath == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- AsciiStrCpy (NewPath, Cwd);
-
- End = Path + StrLen;
- for (Start = Path ;;) {
- Work = AsciiStrStr (Start, "..") ;
- if (Work == NULL) {
- // Remaining part of Path contains no more ..
- break;
- }
-
- // append path prior to ..
- AsciiStrnCat (NewPath, Start, Work - Start);
- StrLen = AsciiStrLen (NewPath);
- for (i = StrLen; i >= 0; i--) {
- if (NewPath[i] == ':') {
- // too many ..
- return NULL;
- }
- if (NewPath[i] == '/' || NewPath[i] == '\\') {
- if ((i > 0) && (NewPath[i-1] == ':')) {
- // leave the / before a :
- NewPath[i+1] = '\0';
- } else {
- // replace / will Null to remove trailing file/dir reference
- NewPath[i] = '\0';
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
- Start = Work + 3;
- }
-
- // Handle the path that remains after the ..
- AsciiStrnCat (NewPath, Start, End - Start);
-
- return NewPath;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Set the Current Working Directory (CWD). If a call is made to EfiOpen () and
-the path does not contain a device name, The CWD is prepended to the path.
-
-@param Cwd Current Working Directory to set
-
-
-@return EFI_SUCCESS CWD is set
-@return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Cwd is not a valid device:path
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiSetCwd (
- IN CHAR8 *Cwd
- )
-{
- EFI_OPEN_FILE *File;
- UINTN Len;
- CHAR8 *Path;
-
- if (Cwd == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (AsciiStrCmp (Cwd, ".") == 0) {
- // cd . is a no-op
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Path = Cwd;
- if (AsciiStrStr (Cwd, "..") != NULL) {
- if (gCwd == NULL) {
- // no parent
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Len = AsciiStrLen (gCwd);
- if ((gCwd[Len-2] == ':') && ((gCwd[Len-1] == '/') || (gCwd[Len-1] == '\\'))) {
- // parent is device so nothing to do
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- // Expand .. in Cwd, given we know current working directory
- Path = ExpandPath (gCwd, Cwd);
- if (Path == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- File = EfiOpen (Path, EFI_FILE_MODE_READ, 0);
- if (File == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (gCwd != NULL) {
- FreePool (gCwd);
- }
-
- // Use the info returned from EfiOpen as it can add in CWD if needed. So Cwd could be
- // relative to the current gCwd or not.
- gCwd = AllocatePool (AsciiStrSize (File->DeviceName) + AsciiStrSize (File->FileName) + 10);
- if (gCwd == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- AsciiStrCpy (gCwd, File->DeviceName);
- if (File->FileName == NULL) {
- AsciiStrCat (gCwd, ":\\");
- } else {
- AsciiStrCat (gCwd, ":");
- AsciiStrCat (gCwd, File->FileName);
- }
-
-
- EfiClose (File);
- if (Path != Cwd) {
- FreePool (Path);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
-Set the Current Working Directory (CWD). If a call is made to EfiOpen () and
-the path does not contain a device name, The CWD is prepended to the path.
-The CWD buffer is only valid until a new call is made to EfiSetCwd(). After
-a call to EfiSetCwd() it is not legal to use the pointer returned by
-this function.
-
-@param Cwd Current Working Directory
-
-
-@return "" No CWD set
-@return 'other' Returns buffer that contains CWD.
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-EfiGetCwd (
- VOID
- )
-{
- if (gCwd == NULL) {
- return "";
- }
- return gCwd;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index b8cb255268..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/EfiFileLib/EfiFileLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Component description file for the entry point to a EFIDXE Drivers
-#
-# Library to abstract Framework extensions that conflict with UEFI 2.0 Specification
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = EfiFileLib
- FILE_GUID = d8c640db-73ba-48f5-a7ed-8e93c6012491
- MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = EfiFileLib|DXE_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
-
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources.common]
- EfiFileLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
- DevicePathLib
- PrintLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- UefiLib
- UefiBootServicesTableLib
- UefiRuntimeServicesTableLib
- DebugLib
- EblNetworkLib
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiBlockIoProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
- gEfiDiskIoProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
- gEfiSimpleFileSystemProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
- gEfiFirmwareVolume2ProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
- gEfiLoadFileProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
- gEfiFirmwareVolumeBlockProtocolGuid # PROTOCOL SOMETIMES_CONSUMED
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiFileInfoGuid
- gEfiFileSystemInfoGuid
- gZeroGuid
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/FdtLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/FdtLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index f3da231143..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/FdtLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -#/* @file
-# Copyright (c) 2011-2014, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#*/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = FdtLib
- FILE_GUID = 6b2478c0-be23-11e0-a28c-0002a5d5c51b
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = FdtLib
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = ARM AARCH64
-#
-
-[Sources]
- fdt_ro.c
- fdt_rw.c
- fdt_strerror.c
- fdt_sw.c
- fdt_wip.c
- fdt.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/Makefile.libfdt b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/Makefile.libfdt deleted file mode 100644 index 91126c000a..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/Makefile.libfdt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# Makefile.libfdt -# -# This is not a complete Makefile of itself. Instead, it is designed to -# be easily embeddable into other systems of Makefiles. -# -LIBFDT_soname = libfdt.$(SHAREDLIB_EXT).1 -LIBFDT_INCLUDES = fdt.h libfdt.h libfdt_env.h -LIBFDT_VERSION = version.lds -LIBFDT_SRCS = fdt.c fdt_ro.c fdt_wip.c fdt_sw.c fdt_rw.c fdt_strerror.c fdt_empty_tree.c -LIBFDT_OBJS = $(LIBFDT_SRCS:%.c=%.o) diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/README.txt b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/README.txt deleted file mode 100755 index fb4010539f..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -See: https://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/tianocore/index.php?title=EmbeddedPkg/Fdt
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/TODO b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/TODO deleted file mode 100644 index 288437e394..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/TODO +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -- Tree traversal functions -- Graft function -- Complete libfdt.h documenting comments diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 963952820b..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -/*
- * libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
- * Copyright (C) 2006 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
- *
- * libfdt is dual licensed: you can use it either under the terms of
- * the GPL, or the BSD license, at your option.
- *
- * a) This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- * MA 02110-1301 USA
- *
- * Alternatively,
- *
- * b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
- * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
- * conditions are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
- * provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
- * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#include "libfdt_env.h"
-
-#include <fdt.h>
-#include <libfdt.h>
-
-#include "libfdt_internal.h"
-
-int fdt_check_header(const void *fdt)
-{
- if (fdt_magic(fdt) == FDT_MAGIC) {
- /* Complete tree */
- if (fdt_version(fdt) < FDT_FIRST_SUPPORTED_VERSION)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADVERSION;
- if (fdt_last_comp_version(fdt) > FDT_LAST_SUPPORTED_VERSION)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADVERSION;
- } else if (fdt_magic(fdt) == FDT_SW_MAGIC) {
- /* Unfinished sequential-write blob */
- if (fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt) == 0)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADSTATE;
- } else {
- return -FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-const void *fdt_offset_ptr(const void *fdt, int offset, unsigned int len)
-{
- const char *p;
-
- if (fdt_version(fdt) >= 0x11)
- if (((offset + len) < offset)
- || ((offset + len) > fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt)))
- return NULL;
-
- p = _fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset);
-
- if (p + len < p)
- return NULL;
- return p;
-}
-
-uint32_t fdt_next_tag(const void *fdt, int startoffset, int *nextoffset)
-{
- const fdt32_t *tagp, *lenp;
- uint32_t tag;
- int offset = startoffset;
- const char *p;
-
- *nextoffset = -FDT_ERR_TRUNCATED;
- tagp = fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset, FDT_TAGSIZE);
- if (!tagp)
- return FDT_END; /* premature end */
- tag = fdt32_to_cpu(*tagp);
- offset += FDT_TAGSIZE;
-
- *nextoffset = -FDT_ERR_BADSTRUCTURE;
- switch (tag) {
- case FDT_BEGIN_NODE:
- /* skip name */
- do {
- p = fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset++, 1);
- } while (p && (*p != '\0'));
- if (!p)
- return FDT_END; /* premature end */
- break;
-
- case FDT_PROP:
- lenp = fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset, sizeof(*lenp));
- if (!lenp)
- return FDT_END; /* premature end */
- /* skip-name offset, length and value */
- offset += sizeof(struct fdt_property) - FDT_TAGSIZE
- + fdt32_to_cpu(*lenp);
- break;
-
- case FDT_END:
- case FDT_END_NODE:
- case FDT_NOP:
- break;
-
- default:
- return FDT_END;
- }
-
- if (!fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, startoffset, offset - startoffset))
- return FDT_END; /* premature end */
-
- *nextoffset = FDT_TAGALIGN(offset);
- return tag;
-}
-
-int _fdt_check_node_offset(const void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- if ((offset < 0) || (offset % FDT_TAGSIZE)
- || (fdt_next_tag(fdt, offset, &offset) != FDT_BEGIN_NODE))
- return -FDT_ERR_BADOFFSET;
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-int _fdt_check_prop_offset(const void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- if ((offset < 0) || (offset % FDT_TAGSIZE)
- || (fdt_next_tag(fdt, offset, &offset) != FDT_PROP))
- return -FDT_ERR_BADOFFSET;
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-int fdt_next_node(const void *fdt, int offset, int *depth)
-{
- int nextoffset = 0;
- uint32_t tag;
-
- if (offset >= 0)
- if ((nextoffset = _fdt_check_node_offset(fdt, offset)) < 0)
- return nextoffset;
-
- do {
- offset = nextoffset;
- tag = fdt_next_tag(fdt, offset, &nextoffset);
-
- switch (tag) {
- case FDT_PROP:
- case FDT_NOP:
- break;
-
- case FDT_BEGIN_NODE:
- if (depth)
- (*depth)++;
- break;
-
- case FDT_END_NODE:
- if (depth && ((--(*depth)) < 0))
- return nextoffset;
- break;
-
- case FDT_END:
- if ((nextoffset >= 0)
- || ((nextoffset == -FDT_ERR_TRUNCATED) && !depth))
- return -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND;
- else
- return nextoffset;
- }
- } while (tag != FDT_BEGIN_NODE);
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-int fdt_first_subnode(const void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- int depth = 0;
-
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, &depth);
- if (offset < 0 || depth != 1)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND;
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-int fdt_next_subnode(const void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- int depth = 1;
-
- /*
- * With respect to the parent, the depth of the next subnode will be
- * the same as the last.
- */
- do {
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, &depth);
- if (offset < 0 || depth < 1)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND;
- } while (depth > 1);
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-const char *_fdt_find_string(const char *strtab, int tabsize, const char *s)
-{
- int len = strlen(s) + 1;
- const char *last = strtab + tabsize - len;
- const char *p;
-
- for (p = strtab; p <= last; p++)
- if (memcmp(p, s, len) == 0)
- return p;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-int fdt_move(const void *fdt, void *buf, int bufsize)
-{
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- if (fdt_totalsize(fdt) > bufsize)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- memmove(buf, fdt, fdt_totalsize(fdt));
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_empty_tree.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_empty_tree.c deleted file mode 100644 index f00a8991d4..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_empty_tree.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/*
- * libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
- * Copyright (C) 2012 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
- *
- * libfdt is dual licensed: you can use it either under the terms of
- * the GPL, or the BSD license, at your option.
- *
- * a) This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- * MA 02110-1301 USA
- *
- * Alternatively,
- *
- * b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
- * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
- * conditions are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
- * provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
- * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#include "libfdt_env.h"
-
-#include <fdt.h>
-#include <libfdt.h>
-
-#include "libfdt_internal.h"
-
-int fdt_create_empty_tree(void *buf, int bufsize)
-{
- int err;
-
- err = fdt_create(buf, bufsize);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- err = fdt_finish_reservemap(buf);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- err = fdt_begin_node(buf, "");
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- err = fdt_end_node(buf);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- err = fdt_finish(buf);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- return fdt_open_into(buf, buf, bufsize);
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_ro.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_ro.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2055891e71..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_ro.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,574 +0,0 @@ -/*
- * libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
- * Copyright (C) 2006 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
- *
- * libfdt is dual licensed: you can use it either under the terms of
- * the GPL, or the BSD license, at your option.
- *
- * a) This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- * MA 02110-1301 USA
- *
- * Alternatively,
- *
- * b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
- * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
- * conditions are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
- * provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
- * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#include "libfdt_env.h"
-
-#include <fdt.h>
-#include <libfdt.h>
-
-#include "libfdt_internal.h"
-
-static int _fdt_nodename_eq(const void *fdt, int offset,
- const char *s, int len)
-{
- const char *p = fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset + FDT_TAGSIZE, len+1);
-
- if (! p)
- /* short match */
- return 0;
-
- if (memcmp(p, s, len) != 0)
- return 0;
-
- if (p[len] == '\0')
- return 1;
- else if (!memchr(s, '@', len) && (p[len] == '@'))
- return 1;
- else
- return 0;
-}
-
-const char *fdt_string(const void *fdt, int stroffset)
-{
- return (const char *)fdt + fdt_off_dt_strings(fdt) + stroffset;
-}
-
-static int _fdt_string_eq(const void *fdt, int stroffset,
- const char *s, int len)
-{
- const char *p = fdt_string(fdt, stroffset);
-
- return (strlen(p) == len) && (memcmp(p, s, len) == 0);
-}
-
-int fdt_get_mem_rsv(const void *fdt, int n, uint64_t *address, uint64_t *size)
-{
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
- *address = fdt64_to_cpu(_fdt_mem_rsv(fdt, n)->address);
- *size = fdt64_to_cpu(_fdt_mem_rsv(fdt, n)->size);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_num_mem_rsv(const void *fdt)
-{
- int i = 0;
-
- while (fdt64_to_cpu(_fdt_mem_rsv(fdt, i)->size) != 0)
- i++;
- return i;
-}
-
-static int _nextprop(const void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- uint32_t tag;
- int nextoffset;
-
- do {
- tag = fdt_next_tag(fdt, offset, &nextoffset);
-
- switch (tag) {
- case FDT_END:
- if (nextoffset >= 0)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADSTRUCTURE;
- else
- return nextoffset;
-
- case FDT_PROP:
- return offset;
- }
- offset = nextoffset;
- } while (tag == FDT_NOP);
-
- return -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND;
-}
-
-int fdt_subnode_offset_namelen(const void *fdt, int offset,
- const char *name, int namelen)
-{
- int depth;
-
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- for (depth = 0;
- (offset >= 0) && (depth >= 0);
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, &depth))
- if ((depth == 1)
- && _fdt_nodename_eq(fdt, offset, name, namelen))
- return offset;
-
- if (depth < 0)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND;
- return offset; /* error */
-}
-
-int fdt_subnode_offset(const void *fdt, int parentoffset,
- const char *name)
-{
- return fdt_subnode_offset_namelen(fdt, parentoffset, name, strlen(name));
-}
-
-int fdt_path_offset(const void *fdt, const char *path)
-{
- const char *end = path + strlen(path);
- const char *p = path;
- int offset = 0;
-
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- /* see if we have an alias */
- if (*path != '/') {
- const char *q = strchr(path, '/');
-
- if (!q)
- q = end;
-
- p = fdt_get_alias_namelen(fdt, p, q - p);
- if (!p)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADPATH;
- offset = fdt_path_offset(fdt, p);
-
- p = q;
- }
-
- while (*p) {
- const char *q;
-
- while (*p == '/')
- p++;
- if (! *p)
- return offset;
- q = strchr(p, '/');
- if (! q)
- q = end;
-
- offset = fdt_subnode_offset_namelen(fdt, offset, p, q-p);
- if (offset < 0)
- return offset;
-
- p = q;
- }
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-const char *fdt_get_name(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset, int *len)
-{
- const struct fdt_node_header *nh = _fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, nodeoffset);
- int err;
-
- if (((err = fdt_check_header(fdt)) != 0)
- || ((err = _fdt_check_node_offset(fdt, nodeoffset)) < 0))
- goto fail;
-
- if (len)
- *len = strlen(nh->name);
-
- return nh->name;
-
- fail:
- if (len)
- *len = err;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-int fdt_first_property_offset(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset)
-{
- int offset;
-
- if ((offset = _fdt_check_node_offset(fdt, nodeoffset)) < 0)
- return offset;
-
- return _nextprop(fdt, offset);
-}
-
-int fdt_next_property_offset(const void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- if ((offset = _fdt_check_prop_offset(fdt, offset)) < 0)
- return offset;
-
- return _nextprop(fdt, offset);
-}
-
-const struct fdt_property *fdt_get_property_by_offset(const void *fdt,
- int offset,
- int *lenp)
-{
- int err;
- const struct fdt_property *prop;
-
- if ((err = _fdt_check_prop_offset(fdt, offset)) < 0) {
- if (lenp)
- *lenp = err;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- prop = _fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset);
-
- if (lenp)
- *lenp = fdt32_to_cpu(prop->len);
-
- return prop;
-}
-
-const struct fdt_property *fdt_get_property_namelen(const void *fdt,
- int offset,
- const char *name,
- int namelen, int *lenp)
-{
- for (offset = fdt_first_property_offset(fdt, offset);
- (offset >= 0);
- (offset = fdt_next_property_offset(fdt, offset))) {
- const struct fdt_property *prop;
-
- prop = fdt_get_property_by_offset(fdt, offset, lenp);
- if (!prop) {
- offset = -FDT_ERR_INTERNAL;
- break;
- }
- if (_fdt_string_eq(fdt, fdt32_to_cpu(prop->nameoff),
- name, namelen))
- return prop;
- }
-
- if (lenp)
- *lenp = offset;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-const struct fdt_property *fdt_get_property(const void *fdt,
- int nodeoffset,
- const char *name, int *lenp)
-{
- return fdt_get_property_namelen(fdt, nodeoffset, name,
- strlen(name), lenp);
-}
-
-const void *fdt_getprop_namelen(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset,
- const char *name, int namelen, int *lenp)
-{
- const struct fdt_property *prop;
-
- prop = fdt_get_property_namelen(fdt, nodeoffset, name, namelen, lenp);
- if (! prop)
- return NULL;
-
- return prop->data;
-}
-
-const void *fdt_getprop_by_offset(const void *fdt, int offset,
- const char **namep, int *lenp)
-{
- const struct fdt_property *prop;
-
- prop = fdt_get_property_by_offset(fdt, offset, lenp);
- if (!prop)
- return NULL;
- if (namep)
- *namep = fdt_string(fdt, fdt32_to_cpu(prop->nameoff));
- return prop->data;
-}
-
-const void *fdt_getprop(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset,
- const char *name, int *lenp)
-{
- return fdt_getprop_namelen(fdt, nodeoffset, name, strlen(name), lenp);
-}
-
-uint32_t fdt_get_phandle(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset)
-{
- const fdt32_t *php;
- int len;
-
- /* FIXME: This is a bit sub-optimal, since we potentially scan
- * over all the properties twice. */
- php = fdt_getprop(fdt, nodeoffset, "phandle", &len);
- if (!php || (len != sizeof(*php))) {
- php = fdt_getprop(fdt, nodeoffset, "linux,phandle", &len);
- if (!php || (len != sizeof(*php)))
- return 0;
- }
-
- return fdt32_to_cpu(*php);
-}
-
-const char *fdt_get_alias_namelen(const void *fdt,
- const char *name, int namelen)
-{
- int aliasoffset;
-
- aliasoffset = fdt_path_offset(fdt, "/aliases");
- if (aliasoffset < 0)
- return NULL;
-
- return fdt_getprop_namelen(fdt, aliasoffset, name, namelen, NULL);
-}
-
-const char *fdt_get_alias(const void *fdt, const char *name)
-{
- return fdt_get_alias_namelen(fdt, name, strlen(name));
-}
-
-int fdt_get_path(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset, char *buf, int buflen)
-{
- int pdepth = 0, p = 0;
- int offset, depth, namelen;
- const char *name;
-
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- if (buflen < 2)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- for (offset = 0, depth = 0;
- (offset >= 0) && (offset <= nodeoffset);
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, &depth)) {
- while (pdepth > depth) {
- do {
- p--;
- } while (buf[p-1] != '/');
- pdepth--;
- }
-
- if (pdepth >= depth) {
- name = fdt_get_name(fdt, offset, &namelen);
- if (!name)
- return namelen;
- if ((p + namelen + 1) <= buflen) {
- memcpy(buf + p, name, namelen);
- p += namelen;
- buf[p++] = '/';
- pdepth++;
- }
- }
-
- if (offset == nodeoffset) {
- if (pdepth < (depth + 1))
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- if (p > 1) /* special case so that root path is "/", not "" */
- p--;
- buf[p] = '\0';
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- if ((offset == -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND) || (offset >= 0))
- return -FDT_ERR_BADOFFSET;
- else if (offset == -FDT_ERR_BADOFFSET)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADSTRUCTURE;
-
- return offset; /* error from fdt_next_node() */
-}
-
-int fdt_supernode_atdepth_offset(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset,
- int supernodedepth, int *nodedepth)
-{
- int offset, depth;
- int supernodeoffset = -FDT_ERR_INTERNAL;
-
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- if (supernodedepth < 0)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND;
-
- for (offset = 0, depth = 0;
- (offset >= 0) && (offset <= nodeoffset);
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, &depth)) {
- if (depth == supernodedepth)
- supernodeoffset = offset;
-
- if (offset == nodeoffset) {
- if (nodedepth)
- *nodedepth = depth;
-
- if (supernodedepth > depth)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND;
- else
- return supernodeoffset;
- }
- }
-
- if ((offset == -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND) || (offset >= 0))
- return -FDT_ERR_BADOFFSET;
- else if (offset == -FDT_ERR_BADOFFSET)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADSTRUCTURE;
-
- return offset; /* error from fdt_next_node() */
-}
-
-int fdt_node_depth(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset)
-{
- int nodedepth;
- int err;
-
- err = fdt_supernode_atdepth_offset(fdt, nodeoffset, 0, &nodedepth);
- if (err)
- return (err < 0) ? err : -FDT_ERR_INTERNAL;
- return nodedepth;
-}
-
-int fdt_parent_offset(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset)
-{
- int nodedepth = fdt_node_depth(fdt, nodeoffset);
-
- if (nodedepth < 0)
- return nodedepth;
- return fdt_supernode_atdepth_offset(fdt, nodeoffset,
- nodedepth - 1, NULL);
-}
-
-int fdt_node_offset_by_prop_value(const void *fdt, int startoffset,
- const char *propname,
- const void *propval, int proplen)
-{
- int offset;
- const void *val;
- int len;
-
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- /* FIXME: The algorithm here is pretty horrible: we scan each
- * property of a node in fdt_getprop(), then if that didn't
- * find what we want, we scan over them again making our way
- * to the next node. Still it's the easiest to implement
- * approach; performance can come later. */
- for (offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, startoffset, NULL);
- offset >= 0;
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, NULL)) {
- val = fdt_getprop(fdt, offset, propname, &len);
- if (val && (len == proplen)
- && (memcmp(val, propval, len) == 0))
- return offset;
- }
-
- return offset; /* error from fdt_next_node() */
-}
-
-int fdt_node_offset_by_phandle(const void *fdt, uint32_t phandle)
-{
- int offset;
-
- if ((phandle == 0) || (phandle == (uint32_t)-1))
- return -FDT_ERR_BADPHANDLE;
-
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- /* FIXME: The algorithm here is pretty horrible: we
- * potentially scan each property of a node in
- * fdt_get_phandle(), then if that didn't find what
- * we want, we scan over them again making our way to the next
- * node. Still it's the easiest to implement approach;
- * performance can come later. */
- for (offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, -1, NULL);
- offset >= 0;
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, NULL)) {
- if (fdt_get_phandle(fdt, offset) == phandle)
- return offset;
- }
-
- return offset; /* error from fdt_next_node() */
-}
-
-int fdt_stringlist_contains(const char *strlist, int listlen, const char *str)
-{
- int len = strlen(str);
- const char *p;
-
- while (listlen >= len) {
- if (memcmp(str, strlist, len+1) == 0)
- return 1;
- p = memchr(strlist, '\0', listlen);
- if (!p)
- return 0; /* malformed strlist.. */
- listlen -= (p-strlist) + 1;
- strlist = p + 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_node_check_compatible(const void *fdt, int nodeoffset,
- const char *compatible)
-{
- const void *prop;
- int len;
-
- prop = fdt_getprop(fdt, nodeoffset, "compatible", &len);
- if (!prop)
- return len;
- if (fdt_stringlist_contains(prop, len, compatible))
- return 0;
- else
- return 1;
-}
-
-int fdt_node_offset_by_compatible(const void *fdt, int startoffset,
- const char *compatible)
-{
- int offset, err;
-
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- /* FIXME: The algorithm here is pretty horrible: we scan each
- * property of a node in fdt_node_check_compatible(), then if
- * that didn't find what we want, we scan over them again
- * making our way to the next node. Still it's the easiest to
- * implement approach; performance can come later. */
- for (offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, startoffset, NULL);
- offset >= 0;
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, NULL)) {
- err = fdt_node_check_compatible(fdt, offset, compatible);
- if ((err < 0) && (err != -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND))
- return err;
- else if (err == 0)
- return offset;
- }
-
- return offset; /* error from fdt_next_node() */
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_rw.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_rw.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7a2bcf3d07..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_rw.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,495 +0,0 @@ -/*
- * libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
- * Copyright (C) 2006 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
- *
- * libfdt is dual licensed: you can use it either under the terms of
- * the GPL, or the BSD license, at your option.
- *
- * a) This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- * MA 02110-1301 USA
- *
- * Alternatively,
- *
- * b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
- * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
- * conditions are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
- * provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
- * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#include "libfdt_env.h"
-
-#include <fdt.h>
-#include <libfdt.h>
-
-#include "libfdt_internal.h"
-
-static int _fdt_blocks_misordered(const void *fdt,
- int mem_rsv_size, int struct_size)
-{
- return (fdt_off_mem_rsvmap(fdt) < FDT_ALIGN(sizeof(struct fdt_header), 8))
- || (fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt) <
- (fdt_off_mem_rsvmap(fdt) + mem_rsv_size))
- || (fdt_off_dt_strings(fdt) <
- (fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt) + struct_size))
- || (fdt_totalsize(fdt) <
- (fdt_off_dt_strings(fdt) + fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt)));
-}
-
-static int _fdt_rw_check_header(void *fdt)
-{
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- if (fdt_version(fdt) < 17)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADVERSION;
- if (_fdt_blocks_misordered(fdt, sizeof(struct fdt_reserve_entry),
- fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt)))
- return -FDT_ERR_BADLAYOUT;
- if (fdt_version(fdt) > 17)
- fdt_set_version(fdt, 17);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-#define FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt) \
- { \
- int err; \
- if ((err = _fdt_rw_check_header(fdt)) != 0) \
- return err; \
- }
-
-static inline int _fdt_data_size(void *fdt)
-{
- return fdt_off_dt_strings(fdt) + fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt);
-}
-
-static int _fdt_splice(void *fdt, void *splicepoint, int oldlen, int newlen)
-{
- char *p = splicepoint;
- char *end = (char *)fdt + _fdt_data_size(fdt);
-
- if (((p + oldlen) < p) || ((p + oldlen) > end))
- return -FDT_ERR_BADOFFSET;
- if ((end - oldlen + newlen) > ((char *)fdt + fdt_totalsize(fdt)))
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
- memmove(p + newlen, p + oldlen, end - p - oldlen);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int _fdt_splice_mem_rsv(void *fdt, struct fdt_reserve_entry *p,
- int oldn, int newn)
-{
- int delta = (newn - oldn) * sizeof(*p);
- int err;
- err = _fdt_splice(fdt, p, oldn * sizeof(*p), newn * sizeof(*p));
- if (err)
- return err;
- fdt_set_off_dt_struct(fdt, fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt) + delta);
- fdt_set_off_dt_strings(fdt, fdt_off_dt_strings(fdt) + delta);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int _fdt_splice_struct(void *fdt, void *p,
- int oldlen, int newlen)
-{
- int delta = newlen - oldlen;
- int err;
-
- err = _fdt_splice(fdt, p, oldlen, newlen);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- fdt_set_size_dt_struct(fdt, fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt) + delta);
- fdt_set_off_dt_strings(fdt, fdt_off_dt_strings(fdt) + delta);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int _fdt_splice_string(void *fdt, int newlen)
-{
- void *p = (char *)fdt
- + fdt_off_dt_strings(fdt) + fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt);
- int err;
-
- err = _fdt_splice(fdt, p, 0, newlen);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- fdt_set_size_dt_strings(fdt, fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt) + newlen);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int _fdt_find_add_string(void *fdt, const char *s)
-{
- char *strtab = (char *)fdt + fdt_off_dt_strings(fdt);
- const char *p;
- char *new;
- int len = strlen(s) + 1;
- int err;
-
- p = _fdt_find_string(strtab, fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt), s);
- if (p)
- /* found it */
- return (p - strtab);
-
- new = strtab + fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt);
- err = _fdt_splice_string(fdt, len);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- memcpy(new, s, len);
- return (new - strtab);
-}
-
-int fdt_add_mem_rsv(void *fdt, uint64_t address, uint64_t size)
-{
- struct fdt_reserve_entry *re;
- int err;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- re = _fdt_mem_rsv_w(fdt, fdt_num_mem_rsv(fdt));
- err = _fdt_splice_mem_rsv(fdt, re, 0, 1);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- re->address = cpu_to_fdt64(address);
- re->size = cpu_to_fdt64(size);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_del_mem_rsv(void *fdt, int n)
-{
- struct fdt_reserve_entry *re = _fdt_mem_rsv_w(fdt, n);
- int err;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- if (n >= fdt_num_mem_rsv(fdt))
- return -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND;
-
- err = _fdt_splice_mem_rsv(fdt, re, 1, 0);
- if (err)
- return err;
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int _fdt_resize_property(void *fdt, int nodeoffset, const char *name,
- int len, struct fdt_property **prop)
-{
- int oldlen;
- int err;
-
- *prop = fdt_get_property_w(fdt, nodeoffset, name, &oldlen);
- if (! (*prop))
- return oldlen;
-
- err = _fdt_splice_struct(fdt, (*prop)->data, FDT_TAGALIGN(oldlen),
- FDT_TAGALIGN(len));
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- (*prop)->len = cpu_to_fdt32(len);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int _fdt_add_property(void *fdt, int nodeoffset, const char *name,
- int len, struct fdt_property **prop)
-{
- int proplen;
- int nextoffset;
- int namestroff;
- int err;
-
- if ((nextoffset = _fdt_check_node_offset(fdt, nodeoffset)) < 0)
- return nextoffset;
-
- namestroff = _fdt_find_add_string(fdt, name);
- if (namestroff < 0)
- return namestroff;
-
- *prop = _fdt_offset_ptr_w(fdt, nextoffset);
- proplen = sizeof(**prop) + FDT_TAGALIGN(len);
-
- err = _fdt_splice_struct(fdt, *prop, 0, proplen);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- (*prop)->tag = cpu_to_fdt32(FDT_PROP);
- (*prop)->nameoff = cpu_to_fdt32(namestroff);
- (*prop)->len = cpu_to_fdt32(len);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_set_name(void *fdt, int nodeoffset, const char *name)
-{
- char *namep;
- int oldlen, newlen;
- int err;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- namep = (char *)(uintptr_t)fdt_get_name(fdt, nodeoffset, &oldlen);
- if (!namep)
- return oldlen;
-
- newlen = strlen(name);
-
- err = _fdt_splice_struct(fdt, namep, FDT_TAGALIGN(oldlen+1),
- FDT_TAGALIGN(newlen+1));
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- memcpy(namep, name, newlen+1);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_setprop(void *fdt, int nodeoffset, const char *name,
- const void *val, int len)
-{
- struct fdt_property *prop;
- int err;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- err = _fdt_resize_property(fdt, nodeoffset, name, len, &prop);
- if (err == -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND)
- err = _fdt_add_property(fdt, nodeoffset, name, len, &prop);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- memcpy(prop->data, val, len);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_appendprop(void *fdt, int nodeoffset, const char *name,
- const void *val, int len)
-{
- struct fdt_property *prop;
- int err, oldlen, newlen;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- prop = fdt_get_property_w(fdt, nodeoffset, name, &oldlen);
- if (prop) {
- newlen = len + oldlen;
- err = _fdt_splice_struct(fdt, prop->data,
- FDT_TAGALIGN(oldlen),
- FDT_TAGALIGN(newlen));
- if (err)
- return err;
- prop->len = cpu_to_fdt32(newlen);
- memcpy(prop->data + oldlen, val, len);
- } else {
- err = _fdt_add_property(fdt, nodeoffset, name, len, &prop);
- if (err)
- return err;
- memcpy(prop->data, val, len);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_delprop(void *fdt, int nodeoffset, const char *name)
-{
- struct fdt_property *prop;
- int len, proplen;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- prop = fdt_get_property_w(fdt, nodeoffset, name, &len);
- if (! prop)
- return len;
-
- proplen = sizeof(*prop) + FDT_TAGALIGN(len);
- return _fdt_splice_struct(fdt, prop, proplen, 0);
-}
-
-int fdt_add_subnode_namelen(void *fdt, int parentoffset,
- const char *name, int namelen)
-{
- struct fdt_node_header *nh;
- int offset, nextoffset;
- int nodelen;
- int err;
- uint32_t tag;
- fdt32_t *endtag;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- offset = fdt_subnode_offset_namelen(fdt, parentoffset, name, namelen);
- if (offset >= 0)
- return -FDT_ERR_EXISTS;
- else if (offset != -FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND)
- return offset;
-
- /* Try to place the new node after the parent's properties */
- fdt_next_tag(fdt, parentoffset, &nextoffset); /* skip the BEGIN_NODE */
- do {
- offset = nextoffset;
- tag = fdt_next_tag(fdt, offset, &nextoffset);
- } while ((tag == FDT_PROP) || (tag == FDT_NOP));
-
- nh = _fdt_offset_ptr_w(fdt, offset);
- nodelen = sizeof(*nh) + FDT_TAGALIGN(namelen+1) + FDT_TAGSIZE;
-
- err = _fdt_splice_struct(fdt, nh, 0, nodelen);
- if (err)
- return err;
-
- nh->tag = cpu_to_fdt32(FDT_BEGIN_NODE);
- memset(nh->name, 0, FDT_TAGALIGN(namelen+1));
- memcpy(nh->name, name, namelen);
- endtag = (fdt32_t *)((char *)nh + nodelen - FDT_TAGSIZE);
- *endtag = cpu_to_fdt32(FDT_END_NODE);
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-int fdt_add_subnode(void *fdt, int parentoffset, const char *name)
-{
- return fdt_add_subnode_namelen(fdt, parentoffset, name, strlen(name));
-}
-
-int fdt_del_node(void *fdt, int nodeoffset)
-{
- int endoffset;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- endoffset = _fdt_node_end_offset(fdt, nodeoffset);
- if (endoffset < 0)
- return endoffset;
-
- return _fdt_splice_struct(fdt, _fdt_offset_ptr_w(fdt, nodeoffset),
- endoffset - nodeoffset, 0);
-}
-
-static void _fdt_packblocks(const char *old, char *new,
- int mem_rsv_size, int struct_size)
-{
- int mem_rsv_off, struct_off, strings_off;
-
- mem_rsv_off = FDT_ALIGN(sizeof(struct fdt_header), 8);
- struct_off = mem_rsv_off + mem_rsv_size;
- strings_off = struct_off + struct_size;
-
- memmove(new + mem_rsv_off, old + fdt_off_mem_rsvmap(old), mem_rsv_size);
- fdt_set_off_mem_rsvmap(new, mem_rsv_off);
-
- memmove(new + struct_off, old + fdt_off_dt_struct(old), struct_size);
- fdt_set_off_dt_struct(new, struct_off);
- fdt_set_size_dt_struct(new, struct_size);
-
- memmove(new + strings_off, old + fdt_off_dt_strings(old),
- fdt_size_dt_strings(old));
- fdt_set_off_dt_strings(new, strings_off);
- fdt_set_size_dt_strings(new, fdt_size_dt_strings(old));
-}
-
-int fdt_open_into(const void *fdt, void *buf, int bufsize)
-{
- int err;
- int mem_rsv_size, struct_size;
- int newsize;
- const char *fdtstart = fdt;
- const char *fdtend = fdtstart + fdt_totalsize(fdt);
- char *tmp;
-
- FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- mem_rsv_size = (fdt_num_mem_rsv(fdt)+1)
- * sizeof(struct fdt_reserve_entry);
-
- if (fdt_version(fdt) >= 17) {
- struct_size = fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt);
- } else {
- struct_size = 0;
- while (fdt_next_tag(fdt, struct_size, &struct_size) != FDT_END)
- ;
- if (struct_size < 0)
- return struct_size;
- }
-
- if (!_fdt_blocks_misordered(fdt, mem_rsv_size, struct_size)) {
- /* no further work necessary */
- err = fdt_move(fdt, buf, bufsize);
- if (err)
- return err;
- fdt_set_version(buf, 17);
- fdt_set_size_dt_struct(buf, struct_size);
- fdt_set_totalsize(buf, bufsize);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Need to reorder */
- newsize = FDT_ALIGN(sizeof(struct fdt_header), 8) + mem_rsv_size
- + struct_size + fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt);
-
- if (bufsize < newsize)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- /* First attempt to build converted tree at beginning of buffer */
- tmp = buf;
- /* But if that overlaps with the old tree... */
- if (((tmp + newsize) > fdtstart) && (tmp < fdtend)) {
- /* Try right after the old tree instead */
- tmp = (char *)(uintptr_t)fdtend;
- if ((tmp + newsize) > ((char *)buf + bufsize))
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
- }
-
- _fdt_packblocks(fdt, tmp, mem_rsv_size, struct_size);
- memmove(buf, tmp, newsize);
-
- fdt_set_magic(buf, FDT_MAGIC);
- fdt_set_totalsize(buf, bufsize);
- fdt_set_version(buf, 17);
- fdt_set_last_comp_version(buf, 16);
- fdt_set_boot_cpuid_phys(buf, fdt_boot_cpuid_phys(fdt));
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_pack(void *fdt)
-{
- int mem_rsv_size;
-
- FDT_RW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- mem_rsv_size = (fdt_num_mem_rsv(fdt)+1)
- * sizeof(struct fdt_reserve_entry);
- _fdt_packblocks(fdt, fdt, mem_rsv_size, fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt));
- fdt_set_totalsize(fdt, _fdt_data_size(fdt));
-
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_strerror.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_strerror.c deleted file mode 100644 index a49793d936..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_strerror.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -/*
- * libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
- * Copyright (C) 2006 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
- *
- * libfdt is dual licensed: you can use it either under the terms of
- * the GPL, or the BSD license, at your option.
- *
- * a) This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- * MA 02110-1301 USA
- *
- * Alternatively,
- *
- * b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
- * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
- * conditions are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
- * provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
- * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#include "libfdt_env.h"
-
-#include <fdt.h>
-#include <libfdt.h>
-
-#include "libfdt_internal.h"
-
-struct fdt_errtabent {
- const char *str;
-};
-
-#define FDT_ERRTABENT(val) \
- [(val)] = { .str = #val, }
-
-static struct fdt_errtabent fdt_errtable[] = {
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND),
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_EXISTS),
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_NOSPACE),
-
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_BADOFFSET),
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_BADPATH),
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_BADSTATE),
-
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_TRUNCATED),
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC),
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_BADVERSION),
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_BADSTRUCTURE),
- FDT_ERRTABENT(FDT_ERR_BADLAYOUT),
-};
-#define FDT_ERRTABSIZE (sizeof(fdt_errtable) / sizeof(fdt_errtable[0]))
-
-const char *fdt_strerror(int errval)
-{
- if (errval > 0)
- return "<valid offset/length>";
- else if (errval == 0)
- return "<no error>";
- else if (errval > -FDT_ERRTABSIZE) {
- const char *s = fdt_errtable[-errval].str;
-
- if (s)
- return s;
- }
-
- return "<unknown error>";
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_sw.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_sw.c deleted file mode 100644 index 991919b436..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_sw.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ -/*
- * libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
- * Copyright (C) 2006 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
- *
- * libfdt is dual licensed: you can use it either under the terms of
- * the GPL, or the BSD license, at your option.
- *
- * a) This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- * MA 02110-1301 USA
- *
- * Alternatively,
- *
- * b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
- * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
- * conditions are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
- * provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
- * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#include "libfdt_env.h"
-
-#include <fdt.h>
-#include <libfdt.h>
-
-#include "libfdt_internal.h"
-
-static int _fdt_sw_check_header(void *fdt)
-{
- if (fdt_magic(fdt) != FDT_SW_MAGIC)
- return -FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC;
- /* FIXME: should check more details about the header state */
- return 0;
-}
-
-#define FDT_SW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt) \
- { \
- int err; \
- if ((err = _fdt_sw_check_header(fdt)) != 0) \
- return err; \
- }
-
-static void *_fdt_grab_space(void *fdt, size_t len)
-{
- int offset = fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt);
- int spaceleft;
-
- spaceleft = fdt_totalsize(fdt) - fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt)
- - fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt);
-
- if ((offset + len < offset) || (offset + len > spaceleft))
- return NULL;
-
- fdt_set_size_dt_struct(fdt, offset + len);
- return _fdt_offset_ptr_w(fdt, offset);
-}
-
-int fdt_create(void *buf, int bufsize)
-{
- void *fdt = buf;
-
- if (bufsize < sizeof(struct fdt_header))
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- memset(buf, 0, bufsize);
-
- fdt_set_magic(fdt, FDT_SW_MAGIC);
- fdt_set_version(fdt, FDT_LAST_SUPPORTED_VERSION);
- fdt_set_last_comp_version(fdt, FDT_FIRST_SUPPORTED_VERSION);
- fdt_set_totalsize(fdt, bufsize);
-
- fdt_set_off_mem_rsvmap(fdt, FDT_ALIGN(sizeof(struct fdt_header),
- sizeof(struct fdt_reserve_entry)));
- fdt_set_off_dt_struct(fdt, fdt_off_mem_rsvmap(fdt));
- fdt_set_off_dt_strings(fdt, bufsize);
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_add_reservemap_entry(void *fdt, uint64_t addr, uint64_t size)
-{
- struct fdt_reserve_entry *re;
- int offset;
-
- FDT_SW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- if (fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt))
- return -FDT_ERR_BADSTATE;
-
- offset = fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt);
- if ((offset + sizeof(*re)) > fdt_totalsize(fdt))
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- re = (struct fdt_reserve_entry *)((char *)fdt + offset);
- re->address = cpu_to_fdt64(addr);
- re->size = cpu_to_fdt64(size);
-
- fdt_set_off_dt_struct(fdt, offset + sizeof(*re));
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_finish_reservemap(void *fdt)
-{
- return fdt_add_reservemap_entry(fdt, 0, 0);
-}
-
-int fdt_begin_node(void *fdt, const char *name)
-{
- struct fdt_node_header *nh;
- int namelen = strlen(name) + 1;
-
- FDT_SW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- nh = _fdt_grab_space(fdt, sizeof(*nh) + FDT_TAGALIGN(namelen));
- if (! nh)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- nh->tag = cpu_to_fdt32(FDT_BEGIN_NODE);
- memcpy(nh->name, name, namelen);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_end_node(void *fdt)
-{
- fdt32_t *en;
-
- FDT_SW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- en = _fdt_grab_space(fdt, FDT_TAGSIZE);
- if (! en)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- *en = cpu_to_fdt32(FDT_END_NODE);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int _fdt_find_add_string(void *fdt, const char *s)
-{
- char *strtab = (char *)fdt + fdt_totalsize(fdt);
- const char *p;
- int strtabsize = fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt);
- int len = strlen(s) + 1;
- int struct_top, offset;
-
- p = _fdt_find_string(strtab - strtabsize, strtabsize, s);
- if (p)
- return p - strtab;
-
- /* Add it */
- offset = -strtabsize - len;
- struct_top = fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt) + fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt);
- if (fdt_totalsize(fdt) + offset < struct_top)
- return 0; /* no more room :( */
-
- memcpy(strtab + offset, s, len);
- fdt_set_size_dt_strings(fdt, strtabsize + len);
- return offset;
-}
-
-int fdt_property(void *fdt, const char *name, const void *val, int len)
-{
- struct fdt_property *prop;
- int nameoff;
-
- FDT_SW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- nameoff = _fdt_find_add_string(fdt, name);
- if (nameoff == 0)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- prop = _fdt_grab_space(fdt, sizeof(*prop) + FDT_TAGALIGN(len));
- if (! prop)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- prop->tag = cpu_to_fdt32(FDT_PROP);
- prop->nameoff = cpu_to_fdt32(nameoff);
- prop->len = cpu_to_fdt32(len);
- memcpy(prop->data, val, len);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int fdt_finish(void *fdt)
-{
- char *p = (char *)fdt;
- fdt32_t *end;
- int oldstroffset, newstroffset;
- uint32_t tag;
- int offset, nextoffset;
-
- FDT_SW_CHECK_HEADER(fdt);
-
- /* Add terminator */
- end = _fdt_grab_space(fdt, sizeof(*end));
- if (! end)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
- *end = cpu_to_fdt32(FDT_END);
-
- /* Relocate the string table */
- oldstroffset = fdt_totalsize(fdt) - fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt);
- newstroffset = fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt) + fdt_size_dt_struct(fdt);
- memmove(p + newstroffset, p + oldstroffset, fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt));
- fdt_set_off_dt_strings(fdt, newstroffset);
-
- /* Walk the structure, correcting string offsets */
- offset = 0;
- while ((tag = fdt_next_tag(fdt, offset, &nextoffset)) != FDT_END) {
- if (tag == FDT_PROP) {
- struct fdt_property *prop =
- _fdt_offset_ptr_w(fdt, offset);
- int nameoff;
-
- nameoff = fdt32_to_cpu(prop->nameoff);
- nameoff += fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt);
- prop->nameoff = cpu_to_fdt32(nameoff);
- }
- offset = nextoffset;
- }
- if (nextoffset < 0)
- return nextoffset;
-
- /* Finally, adjust the header */
- fdt_set_totalsize(fdt, newstroffset + fdt_size_dt_strings(fdt));
- fdt_set_magic(fdt, FDT_MAGIC);
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_wip.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_wip.c deleted file mode 100644 index 3f2b58172b..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/fdt_wip.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/*
- * libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
- * Copyright (C) 2006 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
- *
- * libfdt is dual licensed: you can use it either under the terms of
- * the GPL, or the BSD license, at your option.
- *
- * a) This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- * MA 02110-1301 USA
- *
- * Alternatively,
- *
- * b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
- * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
- * conditions are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
- * provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
- * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#include "libfdt_env.h"
-
-#include <fdt.h>
-#include <libfdt.h>
-
-#include "libfdt_internal.h"
-
-int fdt_setprop_inplace(void *fdt, int nodeoffset, const char *name,
- const void *val, int len)
-{
- void *propval;
- int proplen;
-
- propval = fdt_getprop_w(fdt, nodeoffset, name, &proplen);
- if (! propval)
- return proplen;
-
- if (proplen != len)
- return -FDT_ERR_NOSPACE;
-
- memcpy(propval, val, len);
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void _fdt_nop_region(void *start, int len)
-{
- fdt32_t *p;
-
- for (p = start; (char *)p < ((char *)start + len); p++)
- *p = cpu_to_fdt32(FDT_NOP);
-}
-
-int fdt_nop_property(void *fdt, int nodeoffset, const char *name)
-{
- struct fdt_property *prop;
- int len;
-
- prop = fdt_get_property_w(fdt, nodeoffset, name, &len);
- if (! prop)
- return len;
-
- _fdt_nop_region(prop, len + sizeof(*prop));
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-int _fdt_node_end_offset(void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- int depth = 0;
-
- while ((offset >= 0) && (depth >= 0))
- offset = fdt_next_node(fdt, offset, &depth);
-
- return offset;
-}
-
-int fdt_nop_node(void *fdt, int nodeoffset)
-{
- int endoffset;
-
- endoffset = _fdt_node_end_offset(fdt, nodeoffset);
- if (endoffset < 0)
- return endoffset;
-
- _fdt_nop_region(fdt_offset_ptr_w(fdt, nodeoffset, 0),
- endoffset - nodeoffset);
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/libfdt_internal.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/libfdt_internal.h deleted file mode 100644 index 15456110a3..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/libfdt_internal.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _LIBFDT_INTERNAL_H
-#define _LIBFDT_INTERNAL_H
-/*
- * libfdt - Flat Device Tree manipulation
- * Copyright (C) 2006 David Gibson, IBM Corporation.
- *
- * libfdt is dual licensed: you can use it either under the terms of
- * the GPL, or the BSD license, at your option.
- *
- * a) This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston,
- * MA 02110-1301 USA
- *
- * Alternatively,
- *
- * b) Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
- * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
- * conditions are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
- * provided with the distribution.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
- * CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
- * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
- * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
- * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
- * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
- * EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-#include <fdt.h>
-
-#define FDT_ALIGN(x, a) (((x) + (a) - 1) & ~((a) - 1))
-#define FDT_TAGALIGN(x) (FDT_ALIGN((x), FDT_TAGSIZE))
-
-#define FDT_CHECK_HEADER(fdt) \
- { \
- int err; \
- if ((err = fdt_check_header(fdt)) != 0) \
- return err; \
- }
-
-int _fdt_check_node_offset(const void *fdt, int offset);
-int _fdt_check_prop_offset(const void *fdt, int offset);
-const char *_fdt_find_string(const char *strtab, int tabsize, const char *s);
-int _fdt_node_end_offset(void *fdt, int nodeoffset);
-
-static inline const void *_fdt_offset_ptr(const void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- return (const char *)fdt + fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt) + offset;
-}
-
-static inline void *_fdt_offset_ptr_w(void *fdt, int offset)
-{
- return (void *)(uintptr_t)_fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset);
-}
-
-static inline const struct fdt_reserve_entry *_fdt_mem_rsv(const void *fdt, int n)
-{
- const struct fdt_reserve_entry *rsv_table =
- (const struct fdt_reserve_entry *)
- ((const char *)fdt + fdt_off_mem_rsvmap(fdt));
-
- return rsv_table + n;
-}
-static inline struct fdt_reserve_entry *_fdt_mem_rsv_w(void *fdt, int n)
-{
- return (void *)(uintptr_t)_fdt_mem_rsv(fdt, n);
-}
-
-#define FDT_SW_MAGIC (~FDT_MAGIC)
-
-#endif /* _LIBFDT_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/version.lds b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/version.lds deleted file mode 100644 index 80b322bed6..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/FdtLib/version.lds +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -LIBFDT_1.2 { - global: - fdt_next_node; - fdt_check_header; - fdt_move; - fdt_string; - fdt_num_mem_rsv; - fdt_get_mem_rsv; - fdt_subnode_offset_namelen; - fdt_subnode_offset; - fdt_path_offset; - fdt_get_name; - fdt_get_property_namelen; - fdt_get_property; - fdt_getprop_namelen; - fdt_getprop; - fdt_get_phandle; - fdt_get_alias_namelen; - fdt_get_alias; - fdt_get_path; - fdt_supernode_atdepth_offset; - fdt_node_depth; - fdt_parent_offset; - fdt_node_offset_by_prop_value; - fdt_node_offset_by_phandle; - fdt_node_check_compatible; - fdt_node_offset_by_compatible; - fdt_setprop_inplace; - fdt_nop_property; - fdt_nop_node; - fdt_create; - fdt_add_reservemap_entry; - fdt_finish_reservemap; - fdt_begin_node; - fdt_property; - fdt_end_node; - fdt_finish; - fdt_open_into; - fdt_pack; - fdt_add_mem_rsv; - fdt_del_mem_rsv; - fdt_set_name; - fdt_setprop; - fdt_delprop; - fdt_add_subnode_namelen; - fdt_add_subnode; - fdt_del_node; - fdt_strerror; - fdt_offset_ptr; - fdt_next_tag; - fdt_appendprop; - fdt_create_empty_tree; - fdt_first_property_offset; - fdt_get_property_by_offset; - fdt_getprop_by_offset; - fdt_next_property_offset; - - local: - *; -}; diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.S b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.S deleted file mode 100755 index df1543a6d2..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.S +++ /dev/null @@ -1,258 +0,0 @@ -#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#
-# Use ARMv6 instruction to operate on a single stack
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-
-This is the stack constructed by the exception handler (low address to high address)
- # R0 - IFAR is EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT for ARM
- Reg Offset
- === ======
- R0 0x00 # stmfd SP!,{R0-R12}
- R1 0x04
- R2 0x08
- R3 0x0c
- R4 0x10
- R5 0x14
- R6 0x18
- R7 0x1c
- R8 0x20
- R9 0x24
- R10 0x28
- R11 0x2c
- R12 0x30
- SP 0x34 # reserved via adding 0x20 (32) to the SP
- LR 0x38
- PC 0x3c
- CPSR 0x40
- DFSR 0x44
- DFAR 0x48
- IFSR 0x4c
- IFAR 0x50
-
- LR 0x54 # SVC Link register (we need to restore it)
-
- LR 0x58 # pushed by srsfd
- CPSR 0x5c
-
- */
-
-
-GCC_ASM_EXPORT(ExceptionHandlersStart)
-GCC_ASM_EXPORT(ExceptionHandlersEnd)
-GCC_ASM_EXPORT(CommonExceptionEntry)
-GCC_ASM_EXPORT(AsmCommonExceptionEntry)
-GCC_ASM_EXPORT(GdbExceptionHandler)
-
-.text
-.align 3
-
-
-//
-// This code gets copied to the ARM vector table
-// ExceptionHandlersStart - ExceptionHandlersEnd gets copied
-//
-ASM_PFX(ExceptionHandlersStart):
-
-ASM_PFX(Reset):
- b ASM_PFX(Reset)
-
-ASM_PFX(UndefinedInstruction):
- b ASM_PFX(UndefinedInstructionEntry)
-
-ASM_PFX(SoftwareInterrupt):
- b ASM_PFX(SoftwareInterruptEntry)
-
-ASM_PFX(PrefetchAbort):
- b ASM_PFX(PrefetchAbortEntry)
-
-ASM_PFX(DataAbort):
- b ASM_PFX(DataAbortEntry)
-
-ASM_PFX(ReservedException):
- b ASM_PFX(ReservedExceptionEntry)
-
-ASM_PFX(Irq):
- b ASM_PFX(Irq)
-
-ASM_PFX(Fiq):
- b ASM_PFX(FiqEntry)
-
-
-ASM_PFX(UndefinedInstructionEntry):
- sub LR, LR, #4 @ Only -2 for Thumb, adjust in CommonExceptionEntry
- srsdb #0x13! @ Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f,#0x13 @ Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} @ Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 @ Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} @ Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#1 @ ExceptionType
- ldr R1,ASM_PFX(CommonExceptionEntry)
- bx R1
-
-ASM_PFX(SoftwareInterruptEntry):
- sub LR, LR, #4 @ Only -2 for Thumb, adjust in CommonExceptionEntry
- srsdb #0x13! @ Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f @ We are already in SVC mode
- stmfd SP!,{LR} @ Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 @ Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} @ Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#2 @ ExceptionType
- ldr R1,ASM_PFX(CommonExceptionEntry)
- bx R1
-
-ASM_PFX(PrefetchAbortEntry):
- sub LR,LR,#4
- srsdb #0x13! @ Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f,#0x13 @ Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} @ Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 @ Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} @ Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#3 @ ExceptionType
- ldr R1,ASM_PFX(CommonExceptionEntry)
- bx R1
-
-ASM_PFX(DataAbortEntry):
- sub LR,LR,#8
- srsdb #0x13! @ Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f,#0x13 @ Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} @ Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 @ Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} @ Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#4
- ldr R1,ASM_PFX(CommonExceptionEntry)
- bx R1
-
-ASM_PFX(ReservedExceptionEntry):
- srsdb #0x13! @ Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f,#0x13 @ Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} @ Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 @ Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} @ Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#5
- ldr R1,ASM_PFX(CommonExceptionEntry)
- bx R1
-
-ASM_PFX(FiqEntry):
- sub LR,LR,#4
- srsdb #0x13! @ Store return state on SVC stack
- cps #0x13 @ Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} @ Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 @ Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} @ Store the register state
- @ Since we have already switch to SVC R8_fiq - R12_fiq
- @ never get used or saved
- mov R0,#7 @ ExceptionType
- ldr R1,ASM_PFX(CommonExceptionEntry)
- bx R1
-
-//
-// This gets patched by the C code that patches in the vector table
-//
-ASM_PFX(CommonExceptionEntry):
- .byte 0x12
- .byte 0x34
- .byte 0x56
- .byte 0x78
-
-ASM_PFX(ExceptionHandlersEnd):
-
-//
-// This code runs from CpuDxe driver loaded address. It is patched into
-// CommonExceptionEntry.
-//
-ASM_PFX(AsmCommonExceptionEntry):
- mrc p15, 0, R1, c6, c0, 2 @ Read IFAR
- str R1, [SP, #0x50] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFAR
-
- mrc p15, 0, R1, c5, c0, 1 @ Read IFSR
- str R1, [SP, #0x4c] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFSR
-
- mrc p15, 0, R1, c6, c0, 0 @ Read DFAR
- str R1, [SP, #0x48] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.DFAR
-
- mrc p15, 0, R1, c5, c0, 0 @ Read DFSR
- str R1, [SP, #0x44] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.DFSR
-
- ldr R1, [SP, #0x5c] @ srsdb saved pre-exception CPSR on the stack
- str R1, [SP, #0x40] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.CPSR
-
- add R2, SP, #0x38 @ Make R2 point to EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.LR
- and R3, R1, #0x1f @ Check CPSR to see if User or System Mode
- cmp R3, #0x1f @ if ((CPSR == 0x10) || (CPSR == 0x1df))
- cmpne R3, #0x10 @
- stmeqed R2, {lr}^ @ save unbanked lr
- @ else
- stmneed R2, {lr} @ save SVC lr
-
-
- ldr R5, [SP, #0x58] @ PC is the LR pushed by srsfd
- @ Check to see if we have to adjust for Thumb entry
- sub r4, r0, #1 @ if (ExceptionType == 1 || ExceptionType ==2)) {
- cmp r4, #1 @ // UND & SVC have differnt LR adjust for Thumb
- bhi NoAdjustNeeded
-
- tst r1, #0x20 @ if ((CPSR & T)) == T) { // Thumb Mode on entry
- addne R5, R5, #2 @ PC += 2@
- str R5,[SP,#0x58] @ Update LR value pused by srsfd
-
-NoAdjustNeeded:
-
- str R5, [SP, #0x3c] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.PC
-
- sub R1, SP, #0x60 @ We pused 0x60 bytes on the stack
- str R1, [SP, #0x34] @ Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.SP
-
- @ R0 is ExceptionType
- mov R1,SP @ R1 is SystemContext
-
-/*
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GdbExceptionHandler (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType, R0
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext R1
- )
-
-*/
- blx ASM_PFX(GdbExceptionHandler) @ Call exception handler
-
- ldr R1,[SP,#0x3c] @ EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.PC
- str R1,[SP,#0x58] @ Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
-
- ldr R1,[SP,#0x40] @ EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.CPSR
- str R1,[SP,#0x5c] @ Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
-
- add R3, SP, #0x54 @ Make R3 point to SVC LR saved on entry
- add R2, SP, #0x38 @ Make R2 point to EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.LR
- and R1, R1, #0x1f @ Check to see if User or System Mode
- cmp R1, #0x1f @ if ((CPSR == 0x10) || (CPSR == 0x1f))
- cmpne R1, #0x10 @
- ldmeqed R2, {lr}^ @ restore unbanked lr
- @ else
- ldmneed R3, {lr} @ restore SVC lr, via ldmfd SP!, {LR}
-
- ldmfd SP!,{R0-R12} @ Restore general purpose registers
- @ Exception handler can not change SP
-
- add SP,SP,#0x20 @ Clear out the remaining stack space
- ldmfd SP!,{LR} @ restore the link register for this context
- rfefd SP! @ return from exception via srsfd stack slot
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.asm b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.asm deleted file mode 100755 index 611e83d7da..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.asm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,259 +0,0 @@ -//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Use ARMv6 instruction to operate on a single stack
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-//
-// This program and the accompanying materials
-// are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-// which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-// http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-//
-// THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-//
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-/*
-
-This is the stack constructed by the exception handler (low address to high address)
- # R0 - IFAR is EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT for ARM
- Reg Offset
- === ======
- R0 0x00 # stmfd SP!,{R0-R12}
- R1 0x04
- R2 0x08
- R3 0x0c
- R4 0x10
- R5 0x14
- R6 0x18
- R7 0x1c
- R8 0x20
- R9 0x24
- R10 0x28
- R11 0x2c
- R12 0x30
- SP 0x34 # reserved via adding 0x20 (32) to the SP
- LR 0x38
- PC 0x3c
- CPSR 0x40
- DFSR 0x44
- DFAR 0x48
- IFSR 0x4c
- IFAR 0x50
-
- LR 0x54 # SVC Link register (we need to restore it)
-
- LR 0x58 # pushed by srsfd
- CPSR 0x5c
-
- */
-
-
- EXPORT ExceptionHandlersStart
- EXPORT ExceptionHandlersEnd
- EXPORT CommonExceptionEntry
- EXPORT AsmCommonExceptionEntry
- IMPORT GdbExceptionHandler
-
- PRESERVE8
- AREA DxeExceptionHandlers, CODE, READONLY
-
-//
-// This code gets copied to the ARM vector table
-// ExceptionHandlersStart - ExceptionHandlersEnd gets copied
-//
-ExceptionHandlersStart
-
-Reset
- b Reset
-
-UndefinedInstruction
- b UndefinedInstructionEntry
-
-SoftwareInterrupt
- b SoftwareInterruptEntry
-
-PrefetchAbort
- b PrefetchAbortEntry
-
-DataAbort
- b DataAbortEntry
-
-ReservedException
- b ReservedExceptionEntry
-
-Irq
- b Irq
-
-Fiq
- b FiqEntry
-
-
-UndefinedInstructionEntry
- sub LR, LR, #4 ; Only -2 for Thumb, adjust in CommonExceptionEntry
- srsfd #0x13! ; Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f, #0x13 ; Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} ; Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 ; Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#1 ; ExceptionType
- ldr R1,CommonExceptionEntry;
- bx R1
-
-SoftwareInterruptEntry
- sub LR, LR, #4 ; Only -2 for Thumb, adjust in CommonExceptionEntry
- srsfd #0x13! ; Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f ; We are already in SVC mode
- stmfd SP!,{LR} ; Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 ; Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#2 ; ExceptionType
- ldr R1,CommonExceptionEntry
- bx R1
-
-PrefetchAbortEntry
- sub LR,LR,#4
- srsfd #0x13! ; Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f, #0x13 ; Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} ; Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 ; Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#3 ; ExceptionType
- ldr R1,CommonExceptionEntry
- bx R1
-
-DataAbortEntry
- sub LR,LR,#8
- srsfd #0x13! ; Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f, #0x13 ; Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} ; Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 ; Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#4 ; ExceptionType
- ldr R1,CommonExceptionEntry
- bx R1
-
-ReservedExceptionEntry
- srsfd #0x13! ; Store return state on SVC stack
- cpsid f, #0x13 ; Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} ; Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 ; Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Store the register state
-
- mov R0,#5 ; ExceptionType
- ldr R1,CommonExceptionEntry
- bx R1
-
-FiqEntry
- sub LR,LR,#4
- srsfd #0x13! ; Store return state on SVC stack
- cps #0x13 ; Switch to SVC for common stack
- stmfd SP!,{LR} ; Store the link register for the current mode
- sub SP,SP,#0x20 ; Save space for SP, LR, PC, IFAR - CPSR
- stmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Store the register state
- ; Since we have already switch to SVC R8_fiq - R12_fiq
- ; never get used or saved
- mov R0,#7 ; ExceptionType
- ldr R1,CommonExceptionEntry
- bx R1
-
-//
-// This gets patched by the C code that patches in the vector table
-//
-CommonExceptionEntry
- dcd 0x12345678
-
-ExceptionHandlersEnd
-
-//
-// This code runs from CpuDxe driver loaded address. It is patched into
-// CommonExceptionEntry.
-//
-AsmCommonExceptionEntry
- mrc p15, 0, R1, c6, c0, 2 ; Read IFAR
- str R1, [SP, #0x50] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFAR
-
- mrc p15, 0, R1, c5, c0, 1 ; Read IFSR
- str R1, [SP, #0x4c] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.IFSR
-
- mrc p15, 0, R1, c6, c0, 0 ; Read DFAR
- str R1, [SP, #0x48] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.DFAR
-
- mrc p15, 0, R1, c5, c0, 0 ; Read DFSR
- str R1, [SP, #0x44] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.DFSR
-
- ldr R1, [SP, #0x5c] ; srsfd saved pre-exception CPSR on the stack
- str R1, [SP, #0x40] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.CPSR
-
- add R2, SP, #0x38 ; Make R2 point to EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.LR
- and R3, R1, #0x1f ; Check CPSR to see if User or System Mode
- cmp R3, #0x1f ; if ((CPSR == 0x10) || (CPSR == 0x1df))
- cmpne R3, #0x10 ;
- stmeqed R2, {lr}^ ; save unbanked lr
- ; else
- stmneed R2, {lr} ; save SVC lr
-
-
- ldr R5, [SP, #0x58] ; PC is the LR pushed by srsfd
- ; Check to see if we have to adjust for Thumb entry
- sub r4, r0, #1 ; if (ExceptionType == 1 || ExceptionType ==2)) {
- cmp r4, #1 ; // UND & SVC have differnt LR adjust for Thumb
- bhi NoAdjustNeeded
-
- tst r1, #0x20 ; if ((CPSR & T)) == T) { // Thumb Mode on entry
- addne R5, R5, #2 ; PC += 2;
- str R5,[SP,#0x58] ; Update LR value pused by srsfd
-
-NoAdjustNeeded
-
- str R5, [SP, #0x3c] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.PC
-
- sub R1, SP, #0x60 ; We pused 0x60 bytes on the stack
- str R1, [SP, #0x34] ; Store it in EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.SP
-
- ; R0 is ExceptionType
- mov R1,SP ; R1 is SystemContext
-
-/*
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GdbExceptionHandler (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType, R0
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext R1
- )
-
-*/
- blx GdbExceptionHandler ; Call exception handler
-
- ldr R1,[SP,#0x3c] ; EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.PC
- str R1,[SP,#0x58] ; Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
-
- ldr R1,[SP,#0x40] ; EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.CPSR
- str R1,[SP,#0x5c] ; Store it back to srsfd stack slot so it can be restored
-
- add R3, SP, #0x54 ; Make R3 point to SVC LR saved on entry
- add R2, SP, #0x38 ; Make R2 point to EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM.LR
- and R1, R1, #0x1f ; Check to see if User or System Mode
- cmp R1, #0x1f ; if ((CPSR == 0x10) || (CPSR == 0x1f))
- cmpne R1, #0x10 ;
- ldmeqed R2, {lr}^ ; restore unbanked lr
- ; else
- ldmneed R3, {lr} ; restore SVC lr, via ldmfd SP!, {LR}
-
- ldmfd SP!,{R0-R12} ; Restore general purpose registers
- ; Exception handler can not change SP
-
- add SP,SP,#0x20 ; Clear out the remaining stack space
- ldmfd SP!,{LR} ; restore the link register for this context
- rfefd SP! ; return from exception via srsfd stack slot
-
- END
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/Processor.c deleted file mode 100755 index 61c6184fae..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Arm/Processor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,675 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-#include <GdbDebugAgent.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/ArmLib.h>
-
-//
-// Externs from the exception handler assembly file
-//
-VOID
-ExceptionHandlersStart (
- VOID
- );
-
-VOID
-ExceptionHandlersEnd (
- VOID
- );
-
-VOID
-CommonExceptionEntry (
- VOID
- );
-
-VOID
-AsmCommonExceptionEntry (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-//
-// Array of exception types that need to be hooked by the debugger
-// (efi, gdb) //efi number
-//
-EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
- { EXCEPT_ARM_SOFTWARE_INTERRUPT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_ARM_UNDEFINED_INSTRUCTION, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_ARM_PREFETCH_ABORT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_ARM_DATA_ABORT, GDB_SIGTRAP }, // GDB_SIGEMT
- { EXCEPT_ARM_RESERVED, GDB_SIGTRAP }, // GDB_SIGILL
- { EXCEPT_ARM_FIQ, GDB_SIGINT } // Used for ctrl-c
-};
-
-// Shut up some annoying RVCT warnings
-#ifdef __CC_ARM
-#pragma diag_suppress 1296
-#endif
-
-UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = {
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R0),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R1),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R2),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R3),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R4),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R5),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R6),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R7),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R8),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R9),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R10),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R11),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, R12),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, SP),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, LR),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, PC),
- 0x00000F01, // f0
- 0x00000F02,
- 0x00000F03,
- 0x00000F11, // f1
- 0x00000F12,
- 0x00000F13,
- 0x00000F21, // f2
- 0x00000F22,
- 0x00000F23,
- 0x00000F31, // f3
- 0x00000F32,
- 0x00000F33,
- 0x00000F41, // f4
- 0x00000F42,
- 0x00000F43,
- 0x00000F51, // f5
- 0x00000F52,
- 0x00000F53,
- 0x00000F61, // f6
- 0x00000F62,
- 0x00000F63,
- 0x00000F71, // f7
- 0x00000F72,
- 0x00000F73,
- 0x00000FFF, // fps
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM, CPSR)
-};
-
-// restore warnings for RVCT
-#ifdef __CC_ARM
-#pragma diag_default 1296
-#endif
-
-
-/**
- Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
- **/
-UINTN
-MaxEfiException (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return sizeof (gExceptionType)/sizeof (EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY);
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
- ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
-
- @retval TRUE if Isa is supported
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CheckIsa (
- IN EFI_INSTRUCTION_SET_ARCHITECTURE Isa
- )
-{
- if (Isa == IsaArm) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
- It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the ARM member
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
- @retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
- **/
-UINTN *
-FindPointerToRegister(
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
- )
-{
- UINT8 *TempPtr;
- ASSERT(gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber] < 0xF00);
- TempPtr = ((UINT8 *)SystemContext.SystemContextArm) + gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber];
- return (UINT32 *)TempPtr;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds the RegNumber-th register's value to the output buffer, starting at the given OutBufPtr
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber the number of the register that we want to read
- @param OutBufPtr pointer to the output buffer's end. the new data will be added from this point on.
- @retval the pointer to the next character of the output buffer that is available to be written on.
- **/
-CHAR8 *
-BasicReadRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber,
- IN CHAR8 *OutBufPtr
- )
-{
- UINTN RegSize;
- CHAR8 Char;
-
- if (gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber] > 0xF00) {
- AsciiSPrint(OutBufPtr, 9, "00000000");
- OutBufPtr += 8;
- return OutBufPtr;
- }
-
- RegSize = 0;
- while (RegSize < 32) {
- Char = mHexToStr[(UINT8)((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> (RegSize+4)) & 0xf)];
- if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
- Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
- }
- *OutBufPtr++ = Char;
-
- Char = mHexToStr[(UINT8)((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> RegSize) & 0xf)];
- if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
- Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
- }
- *OutBufPtr++ = Char;
-
- RegSize = RegSize + 8;
- }
- return OutBufPtr;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-ReadNthRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN RegNumber;
- CHAR8 OutBuffer[9]; // 1 reg=8 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
-
- if (RegNumber >= (sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN))) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
- return;
- }
-
- OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber, OutBufPtr);
-
- *OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
- SendPacket(OutBuffer);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- // a UINT32 takes 8 ascii characters
- CHAR8 OutBuffer[(sizeof (gRegisterOffsets) * 2) + 1];
- CHAR8 *OutBufPtr;
-
- // It is not safe to allocate pool here....
- OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- for (Index = 0; Index < (sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN)); Index++) {
- OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister (SystemContext, Index, OutBufPtr);
- }
-
- *OutBufPtr = '\0';
- SendPacket(OutBuffer);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds the RegNumber-th register's value to the output buffer, starting at the given OutBufPtr
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber the number of the register that we want to write
- @param InBufPtr pointer to the output buffer. the new data will be extracted from the input buffer from this point on.
- @retval the pointer to the next character of the input buffer that can be used
- **/
-CHAR8 *
-BasicWriteRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber,
- IN CHAR8 *InBufPtr
- )
-{
- UINTN RegSize;
- UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
- UINT32 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
- if (gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber] > 0xF00) {
- return InBufPtr + 8;
- }
-
- NewValue = 0;
- RegSize = 0;
- while (RegSize < 32) {
- TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
- if ((INTN)TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
- TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
- if ((INTN)TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
- RegSize = RegSize + 8;
- }
- *(FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
- return InBufPtr;
-}
-
-
-/** ‘P n...=r...’
- Writes the new value of n-th register received into the input buffer to the n-th register
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Ponter to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-WriteNthRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN RegNumber;
- CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
- CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
- CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
- // find the register number to write
- InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
- RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
- while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
- *RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
- *RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
-
- // check if this is a valid Register Number
- if (RegNumber >= (sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN))) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
- return;
- }
- InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
- BasicWriteRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber, InBufPtr);
- SendSuccess();
-}
-
-
-/** ‘G XX...’
- Writes the new values received into the input buffer to the general registers
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-WriteGeneralRegisters (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN i;
- CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
- UINTN MinLength;
- UINTN RegisterCount = (sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN));
-
- MinLength = (RegisterCount * 8) + 1; // 'G' plus the registers in ASCII format
-
- if (AsciiStrLen(InBuffer) < MinLength) {
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
- return;
- }
-
- InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
- // Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
- // The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
- for(i = 0; i < RegisterCount; i++) {
- InBufPtr = BasicWriteRegister (SystemContext, i, InBufPtr);
- }
-
- SendSuccess ();
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
- Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-ContinueAtAddress (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
- SystemContext.SystemContextArm->PC = AsciiStrHexToUintn(&PacketData[1]);
- }
-}
-
-
-/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
- at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SingleStep (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- SendNotSupported();
-}
-
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-InsertBreakPoint (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- SendNotSupported ();
-}
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-RemoveBreakPoint (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- SendNotSupported ();
-}
-
-
-/**
- Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly
- with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
- **/
-VOID
-ProcessorSendTSignal (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINT8 GdbExceptionType,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *TSignalPtr,
- IN UINTN SizeOfBuffer
- )
-{
- *TSignalPtr = '\0';
-}
-
-/**
- FIQ state is only changed by FIQ exception. We don't want to take FIQ
- ticks in the GDB stub. The stub disables FIQ on entry, but this is the
- third instruction that executes in the execption handler. Thus we have
- a crack we need to test for.
-
- @param PC PC of execption
-
- @return TRUE We are in the GDB stub exception preamble
- @return FALSE We are not in GDB stub code
- **/
-BOOLEAN
-InFiqCrack (
- IN UINT32 PC
- )
-{
- UINT32 VectorBase = PcdGet32 (PcdCpuVectorBaseAddress);
- UINT32 Length = (UINTN)ExceptionHandlersEnd - (UINTN)ExceptionHandlersStart;
-
- if ((PC >= VectorBase) && (PC <= (VectorBase + Length))) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check to see if this exception is related to ctrl-c handling.
-
- In this scheme we dedicate FIQ to the ctrl-c handler so it is
- independent of the rest of the system.
-
- SaveAndSetDebugTimerInterrupt () can be used to
-
- @param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
-
- @return TRUE This was a ctrl-c check that did not find a ctrl-c
- @return FALSE This was not a ctrl-c check or some one hit ctrl-c
- **/
-BOOLEAN
-ProcessorControlC (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- CHAR8 Char;
- BOOLEAN Return = TRUE;
-
- if (ExceptionType != EXCEPT_ARM_FIQ) {
- // Skip it as it is not related to ctrl-c
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (InFiqCrack (SystemContext.SystemContextArm->PC)) {
- // We are in our own interrupt preable, so skip this tick.
- // We never want to let gdb see the debug stub running if we can help it
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- while (TRUE) {
- if (!GdbIsCharAvailable ()) {
- //
- // No characters are pending so exit the loop
- //
- Return = TRUE;
- break;
- }
-
- Char = GdbGetChar ();
- if (Char == 0x03) {
- //
- // We have a ctrl-c so exit and process exception for ctrl-c
- //
- Return = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- DebugAgentTimerEndOfInterrupt ();
-
- // Force an exit from the exception handler as we are done
- return Return;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Enable/Disable the interrupt of debug timer and return the interrupt state
- prior to the operation.
-
- If EnableStatus is TRUE, enable the interrupt of debug timer.
- If EnableStatus is FALSE, disable the interrupt of debug timer.
-
- @param[in] EnableStatus Enable/Disable.
-
- @retval TRUE Debug timer interrupt were enabled on entry to this call.
- @retval FALSE Debug timer interrupt were disabled on entry to this call.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
-SaveAndSetDebugTimerInterrupt (
- IN BOOLEAN EnableStatus
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN FiqEnabled;
-
- FiqEnabled = ArmGetFiqState ();
-
- if (EnableStatus) {
- DebugAgentTimerSetPeriod (PcdGet32 (PcdGdbTimerPeriodMilliseconds));
- ArmEnableFiq ();
- } else {
- DebugAgentTimerSetPeriod (0);
- ArmDisableFiq ();
- }
-
- return FiqEnabled;
-}
-
-
-
-VOID
-GdbFPutString (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- );
-
-/**
- Initialize debug agent.
-
- This function is used to set up debug environment to support source level debugging.
- If certain Debug Agent Library instance has to save some private data in the stack,
- this function must work on the mode that doesn't return to the caller, then
- the caller needs to wrap up all rest of logic after InitializeDebugAgent() into one
- function and pass it into InitializeDebugAgent(). InitializeDebugAgent() is
- responsible to invoke the passing-in function at the end of InitializeDebugAgent().
-
- If the parameter Function is not NULL, Debug Agent Libary instance will invoke it by
- passing in the Context to be its parameter.
-
- If Function() is NULL, Debug Agent Library instance will return after setup debug
- environment.
-
- @param[in] InitFlag Init flag is used to decide the initialize process.
- @param[in] Context Context needed according to InitFlag; it was optional.
- @param[in] Function Continue function called by debug agent library; it was
- optional.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-InitializeDebugAgent (
- IN UINT32 InitFlag,
- IN VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN DEBUG_AGENT_CONTINUE Function OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN Length;
- BOOLEAN IrqEnabled;
- UINT32 *VectorBase;
-
-
- //
- // Disable interrupts
- //
- IrqEnabled = ArmGetInterruptState ();
- ArmDisableInterrupts ();
- ArmDisableFiq ();
-
- //
- // Copy an implementation of the ARM exception vectors to PcdCpuVectorBaseAddress.
- //
- Length = (UINTN)ExceptionHandlersEnd - (UINTN)ExceptionHandlersStart;
-
- //
- // Reserve space for the exception handlers
- //
- VectorBase = (UINT32 *)(UINTN)PcdGet32 (PcdCpuVectorBaseAddress);
-
-
- // Copy our assembly code into the page that contains the exception vectors.
- CopyMem ((VOID *)VectorBase, (VOID *)ExceptionHandlersStart, Length);
-
- //
- // Patch in the common Assembly exception handler
- //
- Offset = (UINTN)CommonExceptionEntry - (UINTN)ExceptionHandlersStart;
- *(UINTN *) (((UINT8 *)VectorBase) + Offset) = (UINTN)AsmCommonExceptionEntry;
-
- // Flush Caches since we updated executable stuff
- InvalidateInstructionCacheRange ((VOID *)PcdGet32(PcdCpuVectorBaseAddress), Length);
-
- // setup a timer so gdb can break in via ctrl-c
- DebugAgentTimerIntialize ();
-
- if (IrqEnabled) {
- ArmEnableInterrupts ();
- }
-
- if (Function != NULL) {
- Function (Context);
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.c deleted file mode 100755 index 2e67de6f99..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,815 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Debug Agent library implementition with empty functions.
-
- Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include "GdbDebugAgent.h"
-
-
-UINTN gMaxProcessorIndex = 0;
-
-//
-// Buffers for basic gdb communication
-//
-CHAR8 gInBuffer[MAX_BUF_SIZE];
-CHAR8 gOutBuffer[MAX_BUF_SIZE];
-
-
-//
-// Globals for returning XML from qXfer:libraries:read packet
-//
-UINTN gPacketqXferLibraryOffset = 0;
-UINTN gEfiDebugImageTableEntry = 0;
-CHAR8 gXferLibraryBuffer[2000];
-
-GLOBAL_REMOVE_IF_UNREFERENCED CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[] = {'0','1','2','3','4','5','6','7','8','9','A','B','C','D','E','F'};
-
-
-// add-symbol-file c:/work/edk2/Build/BeagleBoard/DEBUG_GCC48/ARM/BeagleBoardPkg/Sec/Sec/DEBUG/BeagleBoardSec.dll 0x80008360
-CHAR8 *qXferHack = "<library name=\"c:/work/edk2/Build/BeagleBoard/DEBUG_GCC48/ARM/BeagleBoardPkg/Sec/Sec/DEBUG/BeagleBoardSec.dll\"><segment address=\"0x80008360\"/></library>";
-
-UINTN
-gXferObjectReadResponse (
- IN CHAR8 Type,
- IN CHAR8 *Str
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
- CHAR8 Char;
- UINTN Count;
-
- // responce starts with 'm' or 'l' if it is the end
- OutBufPtr = gOutBuffer;
- *OutBufPtr++ = Type;
- Count = 1;
-
- // Binary data encoding
- OutBufPtr = gOutBuffer;
- while (*Str != '\0') {
- Char = *Str++;
- if ((Char == 0x7d) || (Char == 0x23) || (Char == 0x24) || (Char == 0x2a)) {
- // escape character
- *OutBufPtr++ = 0x7d;
-
- Char ^= 0x20;
- }
- *OutBufPtr++ = Char;
- Count++;
- }
-
- *OutBufPtr = '\0' ; // the end of the buffer
- SendPacket (gOutBuffer);
-
- return Count;
-}
-
-/**
- Process "qXfer:object:read:annex:offset,length" request.
-
- Returns an XML document that contains loaded libraries. In our case it is
- infomration in the EFI Debug Inmage Table converted into an XML document.
-
- GDB will call with an arbitrary length (it can't know the real length and
- will reply with chunks of XML that are easy for us to deal with. Gdb will
- keep calling until we say we are done. XML doc looks like:
-
- <library-list>
- <library name="/a/a/c/d.dSYM"><segment address="0x10000000"/></library>
- <library name="/a/m/e/e.pdb"><segment address="0x20000000"/></library>
- <library name="/a/l/f/f.dll"><segment address="0x30000000"/></library>
- </library-list>
-
- Since we can not allocate memory in interupt context this module has
- assumptions about how it will get called:
- 1) Length will generally be max remote packet size (big enough)
- 2) First Offset of an XML document read needs to be 0
- 3) This code will return back small chunks of the XML document on every read.
- Each subseqent call will ask for the next availble part of the document.
-
- Note: The only variable size element in the XML is:
- " <library name=\"%s\"><segment address=\"%p\"/></library>\n" and it is
- based on the file path and name of the symbol file. If the symbol file name
- is bigger than the max gdb remote packet size we could update this code
- to respond back in chunks.
-
- @param Offset offset into special data area
- @param Length number of bytes to read starting at Offset
-
- **/
-VOID
-QxferLibrary (
- IN UINTN Offset,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-{
- gPacketqXferLibraryOffset += gXferObjectReadResponse ('m', "<library-list>\n");
- gPacketqXferLibraryOffset += gXferObjectReadResponse ('m', qXferHack);
- gXferObjectReadResponse ('l', "</library-list>\n");
- gPacketqXferLibraryOffset = 0;
-}
-
-/**
- Transfer length bytes of input buffer, starting at Address, to memory.
-
- @param length the number of the bytes to be transferred/written
- @param *address the start address of the transferring/writing the memory
- @param *new_data the new data to be written to memory
- **/
-
-VOID
-TransferFromInBufToMem (
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN unsigned char *Address,
- IN CHAR8 *NewData
- )
-{
- CHAR8 c1;
- CHAR8 c2;
-
- while (Length-- > 0) {
- c1 = (CHAR8)HexCharToInt (*NewData++);
- c2 = (CHAR8)HexCharToInt (*NewData++);
-
- if ((c1 < 0) || (c2 < 0)) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
- return;
- }
- *Address++ = (UINT8)((c1 << 4) + c2);
- }
-
- SendSuccess();
-}
-
-
-/**
- Transfer Length bytes of memory starting at Address to an output buffer, OutBuffer. This function will finally send the buffer
- as a packet.
-
- @param Length the number of the bytes to be transferred/read
- @param *address pointer to the start address of the transferring/reading the memory
- **/
-
-VOID
-TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend (
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN unsigned char *Address
- )
-{
- // there are Length bytes and every byte is represented as 2 hex chars
- CHAR8 OutBuffer[MAX_BUF_SIZE];
- CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
- CHAR8 Char;
-
- OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- while (Length > 0) {
-
- Char = mHexToStr[*Address >> 4];
- if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
- Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
- }
- *OutBufPtr++ = Char;
-
- Char = mHexToStr[*Address & 0x0f];
- if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
- Char = Char - 'A' + 'a';
- }
- *OutBufPtr++ = Char;
-
- Address++;
- Length--;
- }
-
- *OutBufPtr = '\0' ; // the end of the buffer
- SendPacket (OutBuffer);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Send a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
- the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
- If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
- in an infinit loop. This is so if you unplug the debugger code just keeps running
-
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
-
-
- @retval Number of bytes of packet data sent.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-SendPacket (
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- UINT8 CheckSum;
- UINTN Timeout;
- CHAR8 *Ptr;
- CHAR8 TestChar;
- UINTN Count;
-
- Timeout = PcdGet32 (PcdGdbMaxPacketRetryCount);
-
- Count = 0;
- do {
-
- Ptr = PacketData;
-
- if (Timeout-- == 0) {
- // Only try a finite number of times so we don't get stuck in the loop
- return Count;
- }
-
- // Packet prefix
- GdbPutChar ('$');
-
- for (CheckSum = 0, Count =0 ; *Ptr != '\0'; Ptr++, Count++) {
- GdbPutChar (*Ptr);
- CheckSum = CheckSum + *Ptr;
- }
-
- // Packet terminating character and checksum
- GdbPutChar ('#');
- GdbPutChar (mHexToStr[CheckSum >> 4]);
- GdbPutChar (mHexToStr[CheckSum & 0x0F]);
-
- TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
- } while (TestChar != '+');
-
- return Count;
-}
-
-/**
- Receive a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
- the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
- If host re-starts sending a packet without ending the previous packet, only the last valid packet is proccessed.
- (In other words, if received packet is '$12345$12345$123456#checksum', only '$123456#checksum' will be processed.)
-
- If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet
-
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
-
- @retval Number of bytes of packet data received.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-ReceivePacket (
- OUT CHAR8 *PacketData,
- IN UINTN PacketDataSize
- )
-{
- UINT8 CheckSum;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR8 Char;
- CHAR8 SumString[3];
- CHAR8 TestChar;
-
- ZeroMem (PacketData, PacketDataSize);
-
- for (;;) {
- // wait for the start of a packet
- TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
- while (TestChar != '$') {
- TestChar = GdbGetChar ();
- };
-
- retry:
- for (Index = 0, CheckSum = 0; Index < (PacketDataSize - 1); Index++) {
- Char = GdbGetChar ();
- if (Char == '$') {
- goto retry;
- }
- if (Char == '#') {
- break;
- }
-
- PacketData[Index] = Char;
- CheckSum = CheckSum + Char;
- }
- PacketData[Index] = '\0';
-
- if (Index == PacketDataSize) {
- continue;
- }
-
- SumString[0] = GdbGetChar ();
- SumString[1] = GdbGetChar ();
- SumString[2] = '\0';
-
- if (AsciiStrHexToUintn (SumString) == CheckSum) {
- // Ack: Success
- GdbPutChar ('+');
-
- // Null terminate the callers string
- PacketData[Index] = '\0';
- return Index;
- } else {
- // Ack: Failure
- GdbPutChar ('-');
- }
- }
-
- //return 0;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Empties the given buffer
- @param Buf pointer to the first element in buffer to be emptied
- **/
-VOID
-EmptyBuffer (
- IN CHAR8 *Buf
- )
-{
- *Buf = '\0';
-}
-
-
-/**
- Converts an 8-bit Hex Char into a INTN.
-
- @param Char the hex character to be converted into UINTN
- @retval a INTN, from 0 to 15, that corressponds to Char
- -1 if Char is not a hex character
- **/
-INTN
-HexCharToInt (
- IN CHAR8 Char
- )
-{
- if ((Char >= 'A') && (Char <= 'F')) {
- return Char - 'A' + 10;
- } else if ((Char >= 'a') && (Char <= 'f')) {
- return Char - 'a' + 10;
- } else if ((Char >= '0') && (Char <= '9')) {
- return Char - '0';
- } else { // if not a hex value, return a negative value
- return -1;
- }
-}
-
- // 'E' + the biggest error number is 255, so its 2 hex digits + buffer end
-CHAR8 *gError = "E__";
-
-/** 'E NN'
- Send an error with the given error number after converting to hex.
- The error number is put into the buffer in hex. '255' is the biggest errno we can send.
- ex: 162 will be sent as A2.
-
- @param errno the error number that will be sent
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SendError (
- IN UINT8 ErrorNum
- )
-{
- //
- // Replace _, or old data, with current errno
- //
- gError[1] = mHexToStr [ErrorNum >> 4];
- gError[2] = mHexToStr [ErrorNum & 0x0f];
-
- SendPacket (gError); // send buffer
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Send 'OK' when the function is done executing successfully.
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SendSuccess (
- VOID
- )
-{
- SendPacket ("OK"); // send buffer
-}
-
-
-/**
- Send empty packet to specify that particular command/functionality is not supported.
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SendNotSupported (
- VOID
- )
-{
- SendPacket ("");
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Translates the EFI mapping to GDB mapping
-
- @param EFIExceptionType EFI Exception that is being processed
- @retval UINTN that corresponds to EFIExceptionType's GDB exception type number
- **/
-UINT8
-ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE EFIExceptionType
- )
-{
- UINTN i;
-
- for (i=0; i < MaxEfiException() ; i++) {
- if (gExceptionType[i].Exception == EFIExceptionType) {
- return gExceptionType[i].SignalNo;
- }
- }
- return GDB_SIGTRAP; // this is a GDB trap
-}
-
-
-/** "m addr,length"
- Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
- another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
- send it as a packet.
- **/
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-ReadFromMemory (
- CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- UINTN Address;
- UINTN Length;
- CHAR8 AddressBuffer[MAX_ADDR_SIZE]; // the buffer that will hold the address in hex chars
- CHAR8 *AddrBufPtr; // pointer to the address buffer
- CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
- AddrBufPtr = AddressBuffer;
- InBufPtr = &PacketData[1];
- while (*InBufPtr != ',') {
- *AddrBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
- *AddrBufPtr = '\0';
-
- InBufPtr++; // this skips ',' in the buffer
-
- /* Error checking */
- if (AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) >= MAX_ADDR_SIZE) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
- return;
- }
-
- // 2 = 'm' + ','
- if (AsciiStrLen(PacketData) - AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) - 2 >= MAX_LENGTH_SIZE) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGTH);
- return;
- }
-
- Address = AsciiStrHexToUintn (AddressBuffer);
- Length = AsciiStrHexToUintn (InBufPtr);
-
- TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend (Length, (unsigned char *)Address);
-}
-
-
-/** "M addr,length :XX..."
- Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
- another function, TransferFromInBufToMem, that will write to that memory space the info in
- the input buffer.
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-WriteToMemory (
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- UINTN Address;
- UINTN Length;
- UINTN MessageLength;
- CHAR8 AddressBuffer[MAX_ADDR_SIZE]; // the buffer that will hold the Address in hex chars
- CHAR8 LengthBuffer[MAX_LENGTH_SIZE]; // the buffer that will hold the Length in hex chars
- CHAR8 *AddrBufPtr; // pointer to the Address buffer
- CHAR8 *LengthBufPtr; // pointer to the Length buffer
- CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
- AddrBufPtr = AddressBuffer;
- LengthBufPtr = LengthBuffer;
- InBufPtr = &PacketData[1];
-
- while (*InBufPtr != ',') {
- *AddrBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
- *AddrBufPtr = '\0';
-
- InBufPtr++; // this skips ',' in the buffer
-
- while (*InBufPtr != ':') {
- *LengthBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
- *LengthBufPtr = '\0';
-
- InBufPtr++; // this skips ':' in the buffer
-
- Address = AsciiStrHexToUintn (AddressBuffer);
- Length = AsciiStrHexToUintn (LengthBuffer);
-
- /* Error checking */
-
- //Check if Address is not too long.
- if (AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) >= MAX_ADDR_SIZE) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE);
- return;
- }
-
- //Check if message length is not too long
- if (AsciiStrLen(LengthBuffer) >= MAX_LENGTH_SIZE) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE);
- return;
- }
-
- // Check if Message is not too long/short.
- // 3 = 'M' + ',' + ':'
- MessageLength = (AsciiStrLen(PacketData) - AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) - AsciiStrLen(LengthBuffer) - 3);
- if (MessageLength != (2*Length)) {
- //Message too long/short. New data is not the right size.
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATASIZE);
- return;
- }
- TransferFromInBufToMem (Length, (unsigned char *)Address, InBufPtr);
-}
-
-/**
- Parses breakpoint packet data and captures Breakpoint type, Address and length.
- In case of an error, function returns particular error code. Returning 0 meaning
- no error.
-
- @param PacketData Pointer to the payload data for the packet.
- @param Type Breakpoint type
- @param Address Breakpoint address
- @param Length Breakpoint length in Bytes (1 byte, 2 byte, 4 byte)
-
- @retval 1 Success
- @retval {other} Particular error code
-
-**/
-UINTN
-ParseBreakpointPacket (
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData,
- OUT UINTN *Type,
- OUT UINTN *Address,
- OUT UINTN *Length
- )
-{
- CHAR8 AddressBuffer[MAX_ADDR_SIZE];
- CHAR8 *AddressBufferPtr;
- CHAR8 *PacketDataPtr;
-
- PacketDataPtr = &PacketData[1];
- AddressBufferPtr = AddressBuffer;
-
- *Type = AsciiStrHexToUintn (PacketDataPtr);
-
- //Breakpoint/watchpoint type should be between 0 to 4
- if (*Type > 4) {
- return 22; //EINVAL: Invalid argument.
- }
-
- //Skip ',' in the buffer.
- while (*PacketDataPtr++ != ',');
-
- //Parse Address information
- while (*PacketDataPtr != ',') {
- *AddressBufferPtr++ = *PacketDataPtr++;
- }
- *AddressBufferPtr = '\0';
-
- //Check if Address is not too long.
- if (AsciiStrLen(AddressBuffer) >= MAX_ADDR_SIZE) {
- return 40; //EMSGSIZE: Message size too long.
- }
-
- *Address = AsciiStrHexToUintn (AddressBuffer);
-
- PacketDataPtr++; //This skips , in the buffer
-
- //Parse Length information
- *Length = AsciiStrHexToUintn (PacketDataPtr);
-
- //Length should be 1, 2 or 4 bytes
- if (*Length > 4) {
- return 22; //EINVAL: Invalid argument
- }
-
- return 0; //0 = No error
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
- **/
-VOID
-GdbSendTSignal (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINT8 GdbExceptionType
- )
-{
- CHAR8 TSignalBuffer[128];
- CHAR8 *TSignalPtr;
-
- TSignalPtr = &TSignalBuffer[0];
-
- //Construct TSignal packet
- *TSignalPtr++ = 'T';
-
- //
- // replace _, or previous value, with Exception type
- //
- *TSignalPtr++ = mHexToStr [GdbExceptionType >> 4];
- *TSignalPtr++ = mHexToStr [GdbExceptionType & 0x0f];
-
- ProcessorSendTSignal (SystemContext, GdbExceptionType, TSignalPtr, sizeof (TSignalBuffer) - 2);
-
- SendPacket (TSignalBuffer);
-}
-
-VOID
-GdbFWrite (
- IN UINTN Fd,
- IN CHAR8 *Data,
- IN UINTN DataSize
- )
-{
- CHAR8 Buffer[128];
-
- AsciiSPrint (Buffer, sizeof (Buffer), "Fwrite,%x,%x,%x", Fd, Data, DataSize);
- SendPacket (Buffer);
-
- for( ; ; ) {
- ReceivePacket (gInBuffer, MAX_BUF_SIZE);
-
- switch (gInBuffer[0]) {
- case 'm':
- ReadFromMemory (gInBuffer);
- break;
-
- case 'M':
- WriteToMemory (gInBuffer);
- break;
-
- case 'F':
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-VOID
-GdbFPutString (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-{
- UINTN Len = AsciiStrSize (String);
-
- GdbFWrite (2, String, Len);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Exception Hanldler for GDB. It will be called for all exceptions
- registered via the gExceptionType[] array.
-
- @param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GdbExceptionHandler (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- UINT8 GdbExceptionType;
- CHAR8 *Ptr;
-
- if (ProcessorControlC (ExceptionType, SystemContext)) {
- // We tried to process a control C handler and there is nothing to do
- return;
- }
-
- GdbExceptionType = ConvertEFItoGDBtype (ExceptionType);
- GdbSendTSignal (SystemContext, GdbExceptionType);
-
- for( ; ; ) {
- ReceivePacket (gInBuffer, MAX_BUF_SIZE);
-
- switch (gInBuffer[0]) {
- case '?':
- GdbSendTSignal (SystemContext, GdbExceptionType);
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- ContinueAtAddress (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
- return;
-
- case 'D':
- // gdb wants to disconnect so return "OK" packet since.
- SendSuccess ();
- return;
-
- case 'g':
- ReadGeneralRegisters (SystemContext);
- break;
-
- case 'G':
- WriteGeneralRegisters (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
- break;
-
- case 'H':
- //Return "OK" packet since we don't have more than one thread.
- SendSuccess ();
- break;
-
- case 'm':
- ReadFromMemory (gInBuffer);
- break;
-
- case 'M':
- WriteToMemory (gInBuffer);
- break;
-
- case 'P':
- WriteNthRegister (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
- break;
-
- //
- // Still debugging this code. Not used in Darwin
- //
- case 'q':
- // General Query Packets
- if (AsciiStrnCmp (gInBuffer, "qSupported", 10) == 0) {
- // return what we currently support, we don't parse what gdb suports
- AsciiSPrint (gOutBuffer, MAX_BUF_SIZE, "qXfer:libraries:read+;PacketSize=%d", MAX_BUF_SIZE);
- SendPacket (gOutBuffer);
- } else if (AsciiStrnCmp (gInBuffer, "qXfer:libraries:read::", 22) == 0) {
- // ‘qXfer:libraries:read::offset,length
- // gInBuffer[22] is offset string, ++Ptr is length string’
- for (Ptr = &gInBuffer[22]; *Ptr != ','; Ptr++);
-
- // Not sure if multi-radix support is required. Currently only support decimal
- QxferLibrary (AsciiStrHexToUintn (&gInBuffer[22]), AsciiStrHexToUintn (++Ptr));
- } else if (AsciiStrnCmp (gInBuffer, "qOffsets", 8) == 0) {
- AsciiSPrint (gOutBuffer, MAX_BUF_SIZE, "Text=1000;Data=f000;Bss=f000");
- SendPacket (gOutBuffer);
- } else if (AsciiStrnCmp (gInBuffer, "qAttached", 9) == 0) {
- // remote server attached to an existing process
- SendPacket ("1");
- } else {
- //Send empty packet
- SendNotSupported ();
- }
- break;
-
- case 's':
- SingleStep (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
- return;
-
- case 'z':
- RemoveBreakPoint (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
- break;
-
- case 'Z':
- InsertBreakPoint (SystemContext, gInBuffer);
- break;
-
- default:
- //Send empty packet
- SendNotSupported ();
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.h deleted file mode 100755 index dfdc016d9d..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,728 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Private include file for GDB stub
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __GCC_DEBUG_AGENT_INTERNAL__
-#define __GCC_DEBUG_AGENT_INTERNAL__
-
-#include <Uefi.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/GdbSerialLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-#include <Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugAgentTimerLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugAgentLib.h>
-
-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>
-#include <Protocol/DebugSupport.h>
-
-extern CONST CHAR8 mHexToStr[];
-
-// maximum size of input and output buffers
-// This value came from the show remote command of the gdb we tested against
-#define MAX_BUF_SIZE 2000
-
-// maximum size of address buffer
-#define MAX_ADDR_SIZE 32
-
-// maximum size of register number buffer
-#define MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE 32
-
-// maximum size of length buffer
-#define MAX_LENGTH_SIZE 32
-
-// maximum size of T signal members
-#define MAX_T_SIGNAL_SIZE 64
-
-// the mask used to clear all the cache
-#define TF_BIT 0x00000100
-
-
-//
-// GDB Signal definitions - generic names for interrupts
-//
-#define GDB_SIGINT 2 // Interrupt process via ctrl-c
-#define GDB_SIGILL 4 // Illegal instruction
-#define GDB_SIGTRAP 5 // Trace Trap (Breakpoint and SingleStep)
-#define GDB_SIGEMT 7 // Emulator Trap
-#define GDB_SIGFPE 8 // Floating point exception
-#define GDB_SIGSEGV 11 // Setgment violation, page fault
-
-
-//
-// GDB File I/O Error values, zero means no error
-// Includes all general GDB Unix like error values
-//
-#define GDB_EBADMEMADDRBUFSIZE 11 // the buffer that stores memory Address to be read from/written to is not the right size
-#define GDB_EBADMEMLENGBUFSIZE 12 // the buffer that stores Length is not the right size
-#define GDB_EBADMEMLENGTH 13 // Length, the given number of bytes to read or write, is not the right size
-#define GDB_EBADMEMDATA 14 // one of the bytes or nibbles of the memory is leess than 0
-#define GDB_EBADMEMDATASIZE 15 // the memory data, 'XX..', is too short or too long
-#define GDB_EBADBUFSIZE 21 // the buffer created is not the correct size
-#define GDB_EINVALIDARG 31 // argument is invalid
-#define GDB_ENOSPACE 41 //
-#define GDB_EINVALIDBRKPOINTTYPE 51 // the breakpoint type is not recognized
-#define GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM 61 // given register number is not valid: either <0 or >=Number of Registers
-#define GDB_EUNKNOWN 255 // unknown
-
-
-//
-// These devices are open by GDB so we can just read and write to them
-//
-#define GDB_STDIN 0x00
-#define GDB_STDOUT 0x01
-#define GDB_STDERR 0x02
-
-//
-//Define Register size for different architectures
-//
-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IA32)
-#define REG_SIZE 32
-#elif defined (MDE_CPU_X64)
-#define REG_SIZE 64
-#elif defined (MDE_CPU_ARM)
-#define REG_SIZE 32
-#endif
-
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE Exception;
- UINT8 SignalNo;
-} EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY;
-
-
-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IA32) || defined (MDE_CPU_X64)
-
-//
-// Byte packed structure for DR6
-// 32-bits on IA-32
-// 64-bits on X64. The upper 32-bits on X64 are reserved
-//
-typedef union {
- struct {
- UINT32 B0:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
- UINT32 B1:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
- UINT32 B2:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
- UINT32 B3:1; // Breakpoint condition detected
- UINT32 Reserved_1:9; // Reserved
- UINT32 BD:1; // Debug register access detected
- UINT32 BS:1; // Single step
- UINT32 BT:1; // Task switch
- UINT32 Reserved_2:16; // Reserved
- } Bits;
- UINTN UintN;
-} IA32_DR6;
-
-//
-// Byte packed structure for DR7
-// 32-bits on IA-32
-// 64-bits on X64. The upper 32-bits on X64 are reserved
-//
-typedef union {
- struct {
- UINT32 L0:1; // Local breakpoint enable
- UINT32 G0:1; // Global breakpoint enable
- UINT32 L1:1; // Local breakpoint enable
- UINT32 G1:1; // Global breakpoint enable
- UINT32 L2:1; // Local breakpoint enable
- UINT32 G2:1; // Global breakpoint enable
- UINT32 L3:1; // Local breakpoint enable
- UINT32 G3:1; // Global breakpoint enable
- UINT32 LE:1; // Local exact breakpoint enable
- UINT32 GE:1; // Global exact breakpoint enable
- UINT32 Reserved_1:3; // Reserved
- UINT32 GD:1; // Global detect enable
- UINT32 Reserved_2:2; // Reserved
- UINT32 RW0:2; // Read/Write field
- UINT32 LEN0:2; // Length field
- UINT32 RW1:2; // Read/Write field
- UINT32 LEN1:2; // Length field
- UINT32 RW2:2; // Read/Write field
- UINT32 LEN2:2; // Length field
- UINT32 RW3:2; // Read/Write field
- UINT32 LEN3:2; // Length field
- } Bits;
- UINTN UintN;
-} IA32_DR7;
-
-#endif /* if defined (MDE_CPU_IA32) || defined (MDE_CPU_X64) */
-
-typedef enum {
- InstructionExecution, //Hardware breakpoint
- DataWrite, //watch
- DataRead, //rwatch
- DataReadWrite, //awatch
- SoftwareBreakpoint, //Software breakpoint
- NotSupported
-} BREAK_TYPE;
-
-//
-// Array of exception types that need to be hooked by the debugger
-//
-extern EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[];
-
-//
-// If the periodic callback is called while we are processing an F packet we need
-// to let the callback know to not read from the serail stream as it could steal
-// characters from the F reponse packet
-//
-extern BOOLEAN gProcessingFPacket;
-
-
-/**
- Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
- **/
-UINTN
-MaxEfiException (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
- ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
-
- @retval TRUE if Isa is supported,
- FALSE otherwise.
- **/
-BOOLEAN
-CheckIsa (
- IN EFI_INSTRUCTION_SET_ARCHITECTURE Isa
- );
-
-
-/**
- Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
- **/
-
-VOID
-GdbSendTSignal (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINT8 GdbExceptionType
- );
-
-
-/**
- Translates the EFI mapping to GDB mapping
-
- @param EFIExceptionType EFI Exception that is being processed
- @retval UINTN that corresponds to EFIExceptionType's GDB exception type number
- **/
-UINT8
-ConvertEFItoGDBtype (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE EFIExceptionType
- );
-
-
-/**
- Empties the given buffer
- @param *Buf pointer to the first element in buffer to be emptied
- **/
-VOID
-EmptyBuffer (
- IN CHAR8 *Buf
- );
-
-
-/**
- Converts an 8-bit Hex Char into a INTN.
-
- @param Char - the hex character to be converted into UINTN
- @retval a INTN, from 0 to 15, that corressponds to Char
- -1 if Char is not a hex character
- **/
-INTN
-HexCharToInt (
- IN CHAR8 Char
- );
-
-
-/** 'E NN'
- Send an error with the given error number after converting to hex.
- The error number is put into the buffer in hex. '255' is the biggest errno we can send.
- ex: 162 will be sent as A2.
-
- @param errno the error number that will be sent
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SendError (
- IN UINT8 ErrorNum
- );
-
-
-/**
- Send 'OK' when the function is done executing successfully.
- **/
-VOID
-SendSuccess (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Send empty packet to specify that particular command/functionality is not supported.
- **/
-VOID
-SendNotSupported (
- VOID
- );
-
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer This is the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-ReadNthRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- );
-
-
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- );
-
-
-/** ‘P n...=r...’
- Writes the new value of n-th register received into the input buffer to the n-th register
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer This is the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-WriteNthRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- );
-
-
-/** ‘G XX...’
- Writes the new values received into the input buffer to the general registers
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-
-VOID
-WriteGeneralRegisters (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- );
-
-
-/** ‘m addr,length ’
- Find the Length of the area to read and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
- another function, TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend, that will read from that memory space and
- send it as a packet.
-
- @param *PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
- **/
-VOID
-ReadFromMemory (
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- );
-
-
-/** ‘M addr,length :XX...’
- Find the Length of the area in bytes to write and the start addres. Finally, pass them to
- another function, TransferFromInBufToMem, that will write to that memory space the info in
- the input buffer.
-
- @param PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
- **/
-VOID
-WriteToMemory (
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- );
-
-
-/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
- Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param *PacketData Pointer to PacketData
- **/
-
-VOID
-ContinueAtAddress (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- );
-
-
-/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
- at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param PacketData Pointer to Payload data for the packet
- **/
-VOID
-SingleStep (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- );
-
-/**
- Insert Single Step in the SystemContext
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-AddSingleStep (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- );
-
-/**
- Remove Single Step in the SystemContext
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-RemoveSingleStep (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- );
-
-
-/**
- ‘Z1, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z2, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z3, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z4, [addr], [length]’
-
- Insert hardware breakpoint/watchpoint at address addr of size length
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param *PacketData Pointer to the Payload data for the packet
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-InsertBreakPoint(
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- );
-
-
-/**
- ‘z1, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z2, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z3, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z4, [addr], [length]’
-
- Remove hardware breakpoint/watchpoint at address addr of size length
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param *PacketData Pointer to the Payload data for the packet
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-RemoveBreakPoint(
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- );
-
-
-/**
- Exception Hanldler for GDB. It will be called for all exceptions
- registered via the gExceptionType[] array.
-
- @param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
-
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GdbExceptionHandler (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- );
-
-
-/**
- Periodic callback for GDB. This function is used to catch a ctrl-c or other
- break in type command from GDB.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the call
-
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GdbPeriodicCallBack (
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- );
-
-
-/**
- Make two serail consoles: 1) StdIn and StdOut via GDB. 2) StdErr via GDB.
-
- These console show up on the remote system running GDB
-
-**/
-
-VOID
-GdbInitializeSerialConsole (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Send a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
- the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
- If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet, but timeout eventually so we don't end up
- in an infinit loop. This is so if you unplug the debugger code just keeps running
-
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
-
- @retval Number of bytes of packet data sent.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-SendPacket (
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- );
-
-
-/**
- Receive a GDB Remote Serial Protocol Packet
-
- $PacketData#checksum PacketData is passed in and this function adds the packet prefix '$',
- the packet teminating character '#' and the two digit checksum.
-
- If host re-starts sending a packet without ending the previous packet, only the last valid packet is proccessed.
- (In other words, if received packet is '$12345$12345$123456#checksum', only '$123456#checksum' will be processed.)
-
- If an ack '+' is not sent resend the packet
-
- @param PacketData Payload data for the packet
-
- @retval Number of bytes of packet data received.
-
- **/
-UINTN
-ReceivePacket (
- OUT CHAR8 *PacketData,
- IN UINTN PacketDataSize
- );
-
-
-/**
- Read data from a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes read is returned. Zero indicates
- the end of a file. On error -1 is returned. If count is zero, GdbRead returns zero.
-
- @param FileDescriptor Device to talk to.
- @param Buffer Buffer to hold Count bytes that were read
- @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
-
- @retval -1 Error
- @retval {other} Number of bytes read.
-
-**/
-INTN
-GdbRead (
- IN INTN FileDescriptor,
- OUT VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Count
- );
-
-
-/**
- Write data to a FileDescriptor. On success number of bytes written is returned. Zero indicates
- nothing was written. On error -1 is returned.
-
- @param FileDescriptor Device to talk to.
- @param Buffer Buffer to hold Count bytes that are to be written
- @param Count Number of bytes to transfer.
-
- @retval -1 Error
- @retval {other} Number of bytes written.
-
-**/
-INTN
-GdbWrite (
- IN INTN FileDescriptor,
- OUT CONST VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Count
- );
-
-UINTN *
-FindPointerToRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
- );
-
-CHAR8 *
-BasicReadRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber,
- IN CHAR8 *OutBufPtr
- );
-
-VOID
-TransferFromInBufToMem (
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINT8 *Address,
- IN CHAR8 *NewData
- );
-
-VOID
-TransferFromMemToOutBufAndSend (
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINT8 *Address
- );
-
-CHAR8 *
-BasicWriteRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber,
- IN CHAR8 *InBufPtr
- );
-
-VOID
-PrintReg (
- EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- );
-
-UINTN
-ParseBreakpointPacket (
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData,
- OUT UINTN *Type,
- OUT UINTN *Address,
- OUT UINTN *Length
- );
-
-UINTN
-GetBreakpointDataAddress (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
- );
-
-UINTN
-GetBreakpointDetected (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- );
-
-BREAK_TYPE
-GetBreakpointType (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
- );
-
-UINTN
-ConvertLengthData (
- IN UINTN Length
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FindNextFreeDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- OUT UINTN *Register
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EnableDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Register,
- IN UINTN Address,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINTN Type
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FindMatchingDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Address,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINTN Type,
- OUT UINTN *Register
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-DisableDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Register
- );
-
-VOID
-InitializeProcessor (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Send the T signal with the given exception type (in gdb order) and possibly with n:r pairs related to the watchpoints
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param GdbExceptionType GDB exception type
- **/
-VOID
-ProcessorSendTSignal (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINT8 GdbExceptionType,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *TSignalPtr,
- IN UINTN SizeOfBuffer
- );
-
-/**
- Check to see if this exception is related to ctrl-c handling.
-
- @param ExceptionType Exception that is being processed
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
-
- @return TRUE This was a ctrl-c check that did not find a ctrl-c
- @return FALSE This was not a ctrl-c check or some one hit ctrl-c
- **/
-BOOLEAN
-ProcessorControlC (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- );
-
-
-/**
- Initialize debug agent.
-
- This function is used to set up debug enviroment. It may enable interrupts.
-
- @param[in] InitFlag Init flag is used to decide initialize process.
- @param[in] Context Context needed according to InitFlag, it was optional.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-DebugAgentHookExceptions (
- IN UINT32 InitFlag,
- IN VOID *Context OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.inf deleted file mode 100755 index 02f80579b1..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/GdbDebugAgent.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Null instance of Debug Agent Library with empty functions.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = GdbDebugAgent
- FILE_GUID = b9f10c17-6ca0-40b5-9b44-6253cfc7d24b
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = DebugAgentLib
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources.common]
- GdbDebugAgent.c
-
-[Sources.arm]
- Arm/Processor.c
- Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.S
- Arm/ExceptionSupport.ARMv6.asm
-
-[Sources.X64]
- Ia32/Processor.c
-
-[Sources.Ia32]
- X64/Processor.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[Packages.arm]
- ArmPkg/ArmPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseLib
- DebugLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- PcdLib
- GdbSerialLib
- CacheMaintenanceLib
- DebugAgentTimerLib
-
-[FeaturePcd.common]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbSerial
-
-[FixedPcd.common]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbMaxPacketRetryCount
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbTimerPeriodMilliseconds
-
-[FixedPcd.arm]
- gArmTokenSpaceGuid.PcdCpuVectorBaseAddress
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Ia32/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Ia32/Processor.c deleted file mode 100755 index d465b21183..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/Ia32/Processor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,951 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <GdbDebugAgent.h>
-
-//
-// Array of exception types that need to be hooked by the debugger
-// {EFI mapping, GDB mapping}
-//
-EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
- { EXCEPT_IA32_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_DEBUG, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_NMI, GDB_SIGEMT },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_BREAKPOINT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_OVERFLOW, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_BOUND, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_INVALID_OPCODE, GDB_SIGILL },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_DOUBLE_FAULT, GDB_SIGEMT },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_STACK_FAULT, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_GP_FAULT, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_PAGE_FAULT, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_FP_ERROR, GDB_SIGEMT },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_ALIGNMENT_CHECK, GDB_SIGEMT },
- { EXCEPT_IA32_MACHINE_CHECK, GDB_SIGEMT }
-};
-
-
-// The offsets of registers SystemContext.
-// The fields in the array are in the gdb ordering.
-//
-//16 regs
-UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = {
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Eax),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Ecx),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Edx),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Ebx),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Esp),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Ebp),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Esi),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Edi),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Eip),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Eflags),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Cs),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Ss),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Ds),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Es),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Fs),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_IA32, Gs)
-};
-
-
-//Debug only..
-VOID
-PrintReg (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"EAX: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Eax);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"ECX: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Ecx);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"EDX: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Edx);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"EBX: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Ebx);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"ESP: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Esp);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"EBP: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Ebp);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"ESI: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Esi);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"EDI: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Edi);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"EIP: %x\n", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Eip);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"EFlags: %x\n", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Eflags);
-}
-
-//Debug only..
-VOID
-PrintDRreg (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"DR0: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"DR1: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"DR2: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"DR3: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"DR6: %x ", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr6);
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"DR7: %x\n", SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
- **/
-UINTN
-MaxEfiException (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return sizeof (gExceptionType)/sizeof (EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
- ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
-
- @retval TRUE if Isa is supported,
- FALSE otherwise.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CheckIsa (
- IN EFI_INSTRUCTION_SET_ARCHITECTURE Isa
- )
-{
- return (BOOLEAN)(Isa == IsaIa32);
-}
-
-
-/**
- This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
- It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the IA32 member
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
- @retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
- **/
-UINTN *
-FindPointerToRegister(
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
- )
-{
- UINT8 *TempPtr;
- TempPtr = ((UINT8 *)SystemContext.SystemContextIa32) + gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber];
- return (UINTN *)TempPtr;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds the RegNumber-th register's value to the output buffer, starting at the given OutBufPtr
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber the number of the register that we want to read
- @param OutBufPtr pointer to the output buffer's end. the new data will be added from this point on.
- @retval the pointer to the next character of the output buffer that is available to be written on.
- **/
-CHAR8 *
-BasicReadRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber,
- IN CHAR8 *OutBufPtr
- )
-{
- UINTN RegSize;
-
- RegSize = 0;
- while (RegSize < REG_SIZE) {
- *OutBufPtr++ = mHexToStr[((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> (RegSize+4)) & 0xf)];
- *OutBufPtr++ = mHexToStr[((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> RegSize) & 0xf)];
- RegSize = RegSize + 8;
- }
- return OutBufPtr;
-}
-
-
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-ReadNthRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN RegNumber;
- CHAR8 OutBuffer[9]; // 1 reg=8 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
-
- if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN))) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
- return;
- }
-
- OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber, OutBufPtr);
-
- *OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
- SendPacket(OutBuffer);
-}
-
-
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- UINTN i;
- CHAR8 OutBuffer[129]; // 16 regs, 8 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
- OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- for(i = 0 ; i < sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN) ; i++) { // there are only 16 registers to read
- OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, i, OutBufPtr);
- }
-
- *OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
- SendPacket(OutBuffer);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds the RegNumber-th register's value to the output buffer, starting at the given OutBufPtr
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber the number of the register that we want to write
- @param InBufPtr pointer to the output buffer. the new data will be extracted from the input buffer from this point on.
- @retval the pointer to the next character of the input buffer that can be used
- **/
-CHAR8 *
-BasicWriteRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber,
- IN CHAR8 *InBufPtr
- )
-{
- UINTN RegSize;
- UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
- UINT32 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
- NewValue = 0;
- RegSize = 0;
- while (RegSize < REG_SIZE) {
- TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
- if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
- TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
- if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
- RegSize = RegSize + 8;
- }
- *(FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
- return InBufPtr;
-}
-
-
-/** ‘P n...=r...’
- Writes the new value of n-th register received into the input buffer to the n-th register
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Ponter to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-WriteNthRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN RegNumber;
- CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
- CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
- CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
- // find the register number to write
- InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
- RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
- while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
- *RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
- *RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
-
- // check if this is a valid Register Number
- if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN))) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
- return;
- }
- InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
- BasicWriteRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber, InBufPtr);
- SendSuccess();
-}
-
-
-/** ‘G XX...’
- Writes the new values received into the input buffer to the general registers
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-WriteGeneralRegisters (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN i;
- CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
- // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
- // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 129
- if (AsciiStrLen(InBuffer) != 129) { // 16 regs, 8 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
- return;
- }
-
- InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
- // Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
- // The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
- for(i=0; i < sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN); i++) { // there are only 16 registers to write
- InBufPtr = BasicWriteRegister(SystemContext, i, InBufPtr);
- }
-
- SendSuccess();
-}
-
-/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
- Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-ContinueAtAddress (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Eip = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PacketData[1]);
- }
-}
-
-
-/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
- at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SingleStep (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- SendNotSupported();
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns breakpoint data address from DR0-DR3 based on the input breakpoint number
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
-
- @retval Address Data address from DR0-DR3 based on the breakpoint number.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-GetBreakpointDataAddress (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
- )
-{
- UINTN Address;
-
- if (BreakpointNumber == 1) {
- Address = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 2) {
- Address = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 3) {
- Address = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 4) {
- Address = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3;
- } else {
- Address = 0;
- }
-
- return Address;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns currently detected breakpoint value based on the register DR6 B0-B3 field.
- If no breakpoint is detected then it returns 0.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
-
- @retval {1-4} Currently detected breakpoint value
- @retval 0 No breakpoint detected.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-GetBreakpointDetected (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- IA32_DR6 Dr6;
- UINTN BreakpointNumber;
-
- Dr6.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr6;
-
- if (Dr6.Bits.B0 == 1) {
- BreakpointNumber = 1;
- } else if (Dr6.Bits.B1 == 1) {
- BreakpointNumber = 2;
- } else if (Dr6.Bits.B2 == 1) {
- BreakpointNumber = 3;
- } else if (Dr6.Bits.B3 == 1) {
- BreakpointNumber = 4;
- } else {
- BreakpointNumber = 0; //No breakpoint detected
- }
-
- return BreakpointNumber;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns Breakpoint type (InstructionExecution, DataWrite, DataRead or DataReadWrite)
- based on the Breakpoint number
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
-
- @retval BREAK_TYPE Breakpoint type value read from register DR7 RWn field
- For unknown value, it returns NotSupported.
-
-**/
-BREAK_TYPE
-GetBreakpointType (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
- BREAK_TYPE Type = NotSupported; //Default is NotSupported type
-
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if (BreakpointNumber == 1) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW0;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 2) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW1;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 3) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW2;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 4) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW3;
- }
-
- return Type;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Parses Length and returns the length which DR7 LENn field accepts.
- For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
- Zero gets written to DR7 LENn field.
-
- @param Length Breakpoint length in Bytes (1 byte, 2 byte, 4 byte)
-
- @retval Length Appropriate converted values which DR7 LENn field accepts.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-ConvertLengthData (
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-{
- if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
- return 0;
- } else if (Length == 2) { //2-Byte length
- return 1;
- } else if (Length == 4) { //4-Byte length
- return 3;
- } else { //Undefined or 8-byte length
- return 2;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Finds the next free debug register. If all the registers are occupied then
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Register Register value (0 - 3 for the first free debug register)
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindNextFreeDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- OUT UINTN *Register
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
-
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if (Dr7.Bits.G0 == 0) {
- *Register = 0;
- } else if (Dr7.Bits.G1 == 0) {
- *Register = 1;
- } else if (Dr7.Bits.G2 == 0) {
- *Register = 2;
- } else if (Dr7.Bits.G3 == 0) {
- *Register = 3;
- } else {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Enables the debug register. Writes Address value to appropriate DR0-3 register.
- Sets LENn, Gn, RWn bits in DR7 register.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Register Register value (0 - 3)
- @param Address Breakpoint address value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write, Data read
- or write etc.)
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EnableDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Register,
- IN UINTN Address,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINTN Type
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
-
- //Convert length data
- Length = ConvertLengthData (Length);
-
- //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
- //(Ref. Intel reference manual 18.2.4)
- if ((Type == 0) && (Length != 0)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
- //software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
- (Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //Read DR7 so appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits can be modified.
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if (Register == 0) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G0 = 1;
- Dr7.Bits.RW0 = Type;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN0 = Length;
- } else if (Register == 1) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G1 = 1;
- Dr7.Bits.RW1 = Type;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN1 = Length;
- } else if (Register == 2) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G2 = 1;
- Dr7.Bits.RW2 = Type;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN2 = Length;
- } else if (Register == 3) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G3 = 1;
- Dr7.Bits.RW3 = Type;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN3 = Length;
- } else {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //Update Dr7 with appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7 = Dr7.UintN;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns register number 0 - 3 for the maching debug register.
- This function compares incoming Address, Type, Length and
- if there is a match then it returns the appropriate register number.
- In case of mismatch, function returns EFI_NOT_FOUND message.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Address Breakpoint address value
- @param Length Breakpoint length value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
- Data read or write etc.)
- @param Register Register value to be returned
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindMatchingDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Address,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINTN Type,
- OUT UINTN *Register
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
-
- //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
- //software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
- (Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //Convert length data
- Length = ConvertLengthData(Length);
-
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.LEN0 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
- (Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0)) {
- *Register = 0;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.LEN1 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
- (Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1)) {
- *Register = 1;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.LEN2 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
- (Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2)) {
- *Register = 2;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.LEN3 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
- (Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3)) {
- *Register = 3;
- } else {
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"No match found..\n");
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Disables the particular debug register.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Register Register to be disabled
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DisableDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Register
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
- UINTN Address = 0;
-
- //Read DR7 register so appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits can be turned off.
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if (Register == 0) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G0 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.RW0 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN0 = 0;
- } else if (Register == 1) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G1 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.RW1 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN1 = 0;
- } else if (Register == 2) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G2 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.RW2 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN2 = 0;
- } else if (Register == 3) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G3 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.RW3 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN3 = 0;
- } else {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //Update DR7 register so appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits can be turned off.
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7 = Dr7.UintN;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- ‘Z1, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z2, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z3, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z4, [addr], [length]’
-
- Insert hardware breakpoint/watchpoint at address addr of size length
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param *PacketData Pointer to the Payload data for the packet
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-InsertBreakPoint (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- UINTN Type;
- UINTN Address;
- UINTN Length;
- UINTN Register;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BREAK_TYPE BreakType = NotSupported;
- UINTN ErrorCode;
-
- ErrorCode = ParseBreakpointPacket (PacketData, &Type, &Address, &Length);
- if (ErrorCode > 0) {
- SendError ((UINT8)ErrorCode);
- return;
- }
-
- switch (Type) {
-
- case 0: //Software breakpoint
- BreakType = SoftwareBreakpoint;
- break;
-
- case 1: //Hardware breakpoint
- BreakType = InstructionExecution;
- break;
-
- case 2: //Write watchpoint
- BreakType = DataWrite;
- break;
-
- case 3: //Read watchpoint
- BreakType = DataRead;
- break;
-
- case 4: //Access watchpoint
- BreakType = DataReadWrite;
- break;
-
- default :
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Insert breakpoint default: %x\n", Type);
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDBRKPOINTTYPE);
- return;
- }
-
- // Find next free debug register
- Status = FindNextFreeDebugRegister (SystemContext, &Register);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"No space left on device\n");
- SendError (GDB_ENOSPACE);
- return;
- }
-
- // Write Address, length data at particular DR register
- Status = EnableDebugRegister (SystemContext, Register, Address, Length, (UINTN)BreakType);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_UNSUPPORTED) {
- SendNotSupported();
- return;
- }
-
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDARG);
- return;
- }
-
- SendSuccess ();
-}
-
-
-/**
- ‘z1, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z2, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z3, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z4, [addr], [length]’
-
- Remove hardware breakpoint/watchpoint at address addr of size length
-
- @param *PacketData Pointer to the Payload data for the packet
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-RemoveBreakPoint (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- UINTN Type;
- UINTN Address;
- UINTN Length;
- UINTN Register;
- BREAK_TYPE BreakType = NotSupported;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN ErrorCode;
-
- //Parse breakpoint packet data
- ErrorCode = ParseBreakpointPacket (PacketData, &Type, &Address, &Length);
- if (ErrorCode > 0) {
- SendError ((UINT8)ErrorCode);
- return;
- }
-
- switch (Type) {
-
- case 0: //Software breakpoint
- BreakType = SoftwareBreakpoint;
- break;
-
- case 1: //Hardware breakpoint
- BreakType = InstructionExecution;
- break;
-
- case 2: //Write watchpoint
- BreakType = DataWrite;
- break;
-
- case 3: //Read watchpoint
- BreakType = DataRead;
- break;
-
- case 4: //Access watchpoint
- BreakType = DataReadWrite;
- break;
-
- default :
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDBRKPOINTTYPE);
- return;
- }
-
- //Find matching debug register
- Status = FindMatchingDebugRegister (SystemContext, Address, Length, (UINTN)BreakType, &Register);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- if (Status == EFI_UNSUPPORTED) {
- SendNotSupported();
- return;
- }
-
- SendError (GDB_ENOSPACE);
- return;
- }
-
- //Remove breakpoint
- Status = DisableDebugRegister(SystemContext, Register);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDARG);
- return;
- }
-
- SendSuccess ();
-}
-
-
-/**
- Initialize debug agent.
-
- This function is used to set up debug environment to support source level debugging.
- If certain Debug Agent Library instance has to save some private data in the stack,
- this function must work on the mode that doesn't return to the caller, then
- the caller needs to wrap up all rest of logic after InitializeDebugAgent() into one
- function and pass it into InitializeDebugAgent(). InitializeDebugAgent() is
- responsible to invoke the passing-in function at the end of InitializeDebugAgent().
-
- If the parameter Function is not NULL, Debug Agent Libary instance will invoke it by
- passing in the Context to be its parameter.
-
- If Function() is NULL, Debug Agent Library instance will return after setup debug
- environment.
-
- @param[in] InitFlag Init flag is used to decide the initialize process.
- @param[in] Context Context needed according to InitFlag; it was optional.
- @param[in] Function Continue function called by debug agent library; it was
- optional.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-InitializeDebugAgent (
- IN UINT32 InitFlag,
- IN VOID *Context, OPTIONAL
- IN DEBUG_AGENT_CONTINUE Function OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- // BugBug: Add the code to build an GDT/IDT
-
- if (Function != NULL) {
- Function (Context);
- }
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/X64/Processor.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/X64/Processor.c deleted file mode 100755 index cbe50d78ec..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/X64/Processor.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,963 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Processor specific parts of the GDB stub
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <GdbStubInternal.h>
-
-//
-// Array of exception types that need to be hooked by the debugger
-//
-EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY gExceptionType[] = {
- { EXCEPT_X64_DIVIDE_ERROR, GDB_SIGFPE },
- { EXCEPT_X64_DEBUG, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_X64_NMI, GDB_SIGEMT },
- { EXCEPT_X64_BREAKPOINT, GDB_SIGTRAP },
- { EXCEPT_X64_OVERFLOW, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_X64_BOUND, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_X64_INVALID_OPCODE, GDB_SIGILL },
- { EXCEPT_X64_DOUBLE_FAULT, GDB_SIGEMT },
- { EXCEPT_X64_STACK_FAULT, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_X64_GP_FAULT, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_X64_PAGE_FAULT, GDB_SIGSEGV },
- { EXCEPT_X64_FP_ERROR, GDB_SIGEMT },
- { EXCEPT_X64_ALIGNMENT_CHECK, GDB_SIGEMT },
- { EXCEPT_X64_MACHINE_CHECK, GDB_SIGEMT }
-};
-
-
-// The offsets of registers SystemContextX64.
-// The fields in the array are in the gdb ordering.
-// HAVE TO DOUBLE-CHECK THE ORDER of the 24 regs
-//
-UINTN gRegisterOffsets[] = {
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rax),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rcx),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rdx),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rbx),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rsp),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rbp),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rsi),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rdi),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rip),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Rflags),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Cs),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Ss),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Ds),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Es),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Fs),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, Gs),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, R8),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, R9),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, R10),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, R11),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, R12),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, R13),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, R14),
- OFFSET_OF(EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64, R15)
-};
-
-
-/**
- Return the number of entries in the gExceptionType[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries in the gExceptionType[] array.
- **/
-UINTN
-MaxEfiException (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return sizeof (gExceptionType)/sizeof (EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE_ENTRY);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Return the number of entries in the gRegisters[]
-
- @retval UINTN, the number of entries (registers) in the gRegisters[] array.
- **/
-UINTN
-MaxRegisterCount (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return sizeof (gRegisterOffsets)/sizeof (UINTN);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check to see if the ISA is supported.
- ISA = Instruction Set Architecture
-
- @retval TRUE if Isa is supported
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CheckIsa (
- IN EFI_INSTRUCTION_SET_ARCHITECTURE Isa
- )
-{
- return (BOOLEAN)(Isa == IsaX64);
-}
-
-
-/**
- This takes in the register number and the System Context, and returns a pointer to the RegNumber-th register in gdb ordering
- It is, by default, set to find the register pointer of the X64 member
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber The register to which we want to find a pointer
- @retval the pointer to the RegNumber-th pointer
- **/
-UINTN *
-FindPointerToRegister(
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber
- )
-{
- UINT8 *TempPtr;
- TempPtr = ((UINT8 *)SystemContext.SystemContextX64) + gRegisterOffsets[RegNumber];
- return (UINTN *)TempPtr;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds the RegNumber-th register's value to the output buffer, starting at the given OutBufPtr
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber the number of the register that we want to read
- @param OutBufPtr pointer to the output buffer's end. the new data will be added from this point on.
- @retval the pointer to the next character of the output buffer that is available to be written on.
- **/
-CHAR8 *
-BasicReadRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber,
- IN CHAR8 *OutBufPtr
- )
-{
- UINTN RegSize;
-
- RegSize = 0;
- while (RegSize < 64) {
- *OutBufPtr++ = mHexToStr[((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> (RegSize+4)) & 0xf)];
- *OutBufPtr++ = mHexToStr[((*FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber) >> RegSize) & 0xf)];
- RegSize = RegSize + 8;
- }
- return OutBufPtr;
-}
-
-
-/** ‘p n’
- Reads the n-th register's value into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-ReadNthRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN RegNumber;
- CHAR8 OutBuffer[17]; // 1 reg=16 hex chars, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&InBuffer[1]);
-
- if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount())) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
- return;
- }
-
- OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber, OutBufPtr);
-
- *OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
- SendPacket (OutBuffer);
-}
-
-
-/** ‘g’
- Reads the general registers into an output buffer and sends it as a packet
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-ReadGeneralRegisters (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- UINTN i;
- CHAR8 OutBuffer[385]; // 24 regs, 16 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- CHAR8 *OutBufPtr; // pointer to the output buffer
-
- OutBufPtr = OutBuffer;
- for(i = 0 ; i < MaxRegisterCount() ; i++) { // there are only 24 registers to read
- OutBufPtr = BasicReadRegister(SystemContext, i, OutBufPtr);
- }
-
- *OutBufPtr = '\0'; // the end of the buffer
- SendPacket (OutBuffer);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Adds the RegNumber-th register's value to the output buffer, starting at the given OutBufPtr
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param RegNumber the number of the register that we want to write
- @param InBufPtr pointer to the output buffer. the new data will be extracted from the input buffer from this point on.
- @retval the pointer to the next character of the input buffer that can be used
- **/
-CHAR8 *
-BasicWriteRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN RegNumber,
- IN CHAR8 *InBufPtr
- )
-{
- UINTN RegSize;
- UINTN TempValue; // the value transferred from a hex char
- UINT64 NewValue; // the new value of the RegNumber-th Register
-
- NewValue = 0;
- RegSize = 0;
- while (RegSize < 64) {
- TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
- if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << (RegSize+4));
- TempValue = HexCharToInt(*InBufPtr++);
-
- if (TempValue < 0) {
- SendError (GDB_EBADMEMDATA);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- NewValue += (TempValue << RegSize);
- RegSize = RegSize + 8;
- }
- *(FindPointerToRegister(SystemContext, RegNumber)) = NewValue;
- return InBufPtr;
-}
-
-
-/** ‘P n...=r...’
- Writes the new value of n-th register received into the input buffer to the n-th register
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Ponter to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-WriteNthRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN RegNumber;
- CHAR8 RegNumBuffer[MAX_REG_NUM_BUF_SIZE]; // put the 'n..' part of the message into this array
- CHAR8 *RegNumBufPtr;
- CHAR8 *InBufPtr; // pointer to the input buffer
-
- // find the register number to write
- InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
- RegNumBufPtr = RegNumBuffer;
- while (*InBufPtr != '=') {
- *RegNumBufPtr++ = *InBufPtr++;
- }
- *RegNumBufPtr = '\0';
- RegNumber = AsciiStrHexToUintn (RegNumBuffer);
-
- // check if this is a valid Register Number
- if ((RegNumber < 0) || (RegNumber >= MaxRegisterCount())) {
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDREGNUM);
- return;
- }
- InBufPtr++; // skips the '=' character
- BasicWriteRegister (SystemContext, RegNumber, InBufPtr);
- SendSuccess();
-}
-
-
-/** ‘G XX...’
- Writes the new values received into the input buffer to the general registers
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param InBuffer Pointer to the input buffer received from gdb server
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-WriteGeneralRegisters (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *InBuffer
- )
-{
- UINTN i;
- CHAR8 *InBufPtr; /// pointer to the input buffer
-
- // check to see if the buffer is the right size which is
- // 1 (for 'G') + 16 (for 16 registers) * 8 ( for 8 hex chars each) = 385
- if (AsciiStrLen(InBuffer) != 385) { // 24 regs, 16 hex chars each, and the end '\0' (escape seq)
- //Bad message. Message is not the right length
- SendError (GDB_EBADBUFSIZE);
- return;
- }
-
- InBufPtr = &InBuffer[1];
-
- // Read the new values for the registers from the input buffer to an array, NewValueArray.
- // The values in the array are in the gdb ordering
- for(i=0; i < MaxRegisterCount(); i++) { // there are only 16 registers to write
- InBufPtr = BasicWriteRegister(SystemContext, i, InBufPtr);
- }
-
- SendSuccess();
-}
-
-
- /**
- Insert Single Step in the SystemContext
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-AddSingleStep (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rflags |= TF_BIT; //Setting the TF bit.
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Remove Single Step in the SystemContext
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-RemoveSingleStep (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rflags &= ~TF_BIT; // clearing the TF bit.
-}
-
-
-
-/** ‘c [addr ]’
- Continue. addr is Address to resume. If addr is omitted, resume at current
- Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-ContinueAtAddress (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
- SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rip = AsciiStrHexToUintn(&PacketData[1]);
- }
-}
-
-
-/** ‘s [addr ]’
- Single step. addr is the Address at which to resume. If addr is omitted, resume
- at same Address.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- **/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SingleStep (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- if (PacketData[1] != '\0') {
- SystemContext.SystemContextX64->Rip = AsciiStrHexToUintn (&PacketData[1]);
- }
-
- AddSingleStep (SystemContext);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns breakpoint data address from DR0-DR3 based on the input breakpoint
- number
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
-
- @retval Address Data address from DR0-DR3 based on the
- breakpoint number.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-GetBreakpointDataAddress (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
- )
-{
- UINTN Address;
-
- if (BreakpointNumber == 1) {
- Address = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 2) {
- Address = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 3) {
- Address = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 4) {
- Address = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3;
- } else {
- Address = 0;
- }
-
- return Address;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns currently detected breakpoint value based on the register
- DR6 B0-B3 field.
- If no breakpoint is detected then it returns 0.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
-
- @retval {1-4} Currently detected breakpoint value
- @retval 0 No breakpoint detected.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-GetBreakpointDetected (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- IA32_DR6 Dr6;
- UINTN BreakpointNumber;
-
- Dr6.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr6;
-
- if (Dr6.Bits.B0 == 1) {
- BreakpointNumber = 1;
- } else if (Dr6.Bits.B1 == 1) {
- BreakpointNumber = 2;
- } else if (Dr6.Bits.B2 == 1) {
- BreakpointNumber = 3;
- } else if (Dr6.Bits.B3 == 1) {
- BreakpointNumber = 4;
- } else {
- BreakpointNumber = 0; //No breakpoint detected
- }
-
- return BreakpointNumber;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns Breakpoint type (InstructionExecution, DataWrite, DataRead
- or DataReadWrite) based on the Breakpoint number
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param BreakpointNumber Breakpoint number
-
- @retval BREAK_TYPE Breakpoint type value read from register DR7 RWn
- field. For unknown value, it returns NotSupported.
-
-**/
-BREAK_TYPE
-GetBreakpointType (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN BreakpointNumber
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
- BREAK_TYPE Type = NotSupported; //Default is NotSupported type
-
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if (BreakpointNumber == 1) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW0;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 2) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW1;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 3) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW2;
- } else if (BreakpointNumber == 4) {
- Type = (BREAK_TYPE) Dr7.Bits.RW3;
- }
-
- return Type;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Parses Length and returns the length which DR7 LENn field accepts.
- For example: If we receive 1-Byte length then we should return 0.
- Zero gets written to DR7 LENn field.
-
- @param Length Breakpoint length in Bytes (1 byte, 2 byte, 4 byte)
-
- @retval Length Appropriate converted values which DR7 LENn field accepts.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-ConvertLengthData (
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-{
- if (Length == 1) { //1-Byte length
- return 0;
- } else if (Length == 2) { //2-Byte length
- return 1;
- } else if (Length == 4) { //4-Byte length
- return 3;
- } else { //Undefined or 8-byte length
- return 2;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Finds the next free debug register. If all the registers are occupied then
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Register Register value (0 - 3 for the first free debug register)
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindNextFreeDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- OUT UINTN *Register
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
-
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if (Dr7.Bits.G0 == 0) {
- *Register = 0;
- } else if (Dr7.Bits.G1 == 0) {
- *Register = 1;
- } else if (Dr7.Bits.G2 == 0) {
- *Register = 2;
- } else if (Dr7.Bits.G3 == 0) {
- *Register = 3;
- } else {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Enables the debug register. Writes Address value to appropriate DR0-3 register.
- Sets LENn, Gn, RWn bits in DR7 register.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Register Register value (0 - 3)
- @param Address Breakpoint address value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write,
- Data read or write etc.)
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EnableDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Register,
- IN UINTN Address,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINTN Type
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
-
- //Convert length data
- Length = ConvertLengthData (Length);
-
- //For Instruction execution, length should be 0
- //(Ref. Intel reference manual 18.2.4)
- if ((Type == 0) && (Length != 0)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
- //software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
- (Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //Read DR7 so appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits can be modified.
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if (Register == 0) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G0 = 1;
- Dr7.Bits.RW0 = Type;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN0 = Length;
- } else if (Register == 1) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G1 = 1;
- Dr7.Bits.RW1 = Type;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN1 = Length;
- } else if (Register == 2) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G2 = 1;
- Dr7.Bits.RW2 = Type;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN2 = Length;
- } else if (Register == 3) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G3 = 1;
- Dr7.Bits.RW3 = Type;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN3 = Length;
- } else {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //Update Dr7 with appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7 = Dr7.UintN;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns register number 0 - 3 for the maching debug register.
- This function compares incoming Address, Type, Length and
- if there is a match then it returns the appropriate register number.
- In case of mismatch, function returns EFI_NOT_FOUND message.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Address Breakpoint address value
- @param Length Breakpoint length value
- @param Type Breakpoint type (Instruction, Data write, Data read
- or write etc.)
- @param Register Register value to be returned
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindMatchingDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Address,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINTN Type,
- OUT UINTN *Register
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
-
- //Hardware doesn't support ReadWatch (z3 packet) type. GDB can handle
- //software breakpoint. We should send empty packet in both these cases.
- if ((Type == (BREAK_TYPE)DataRead) ||
- (Type == (BREAK_TYPE)SoftwareBreakpoint)) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //Convert length data
- Length = ConvertLengthData(Length);
-
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if ((Dr7.Bits.G0 == 1) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.LEN0 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW0 == Type) &&
- (Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0)) {
- *Register = 0;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G1 == 1) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.LEN1 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW1 == Type) &&
- (Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1)) {
- *Register = 1;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G2 == 1) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.LEN2 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW2 == Type) &&
- (Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2)) {
- *Register = 2;
- } else if ((Dr7.Bits.G3 == 1) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.LEN3 == Length) &&
- (Dr7.Bits.RW3 == Type) &&
- (Address == SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3)) {
- *Register = 3;
- } else {
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"No match found..\n");
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Disables the particular debug register.
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param Register Register to be disabled
-
- @retval EFI_STATUS Appropriate status value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-DisableDebugRegister (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN UINTN Register
- )
-{
- IA32_DR7 Dr7;
- UINTN Address = 0;
-
- //Read DR7 register so appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits can be turned off.
- Dr7.UintN = SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7;
-
- if (Register == 0) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr0 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G0 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.RW0 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN0 = 0;
- } else if (Register == 1) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr1 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G1 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.RW1 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN1 = 0;
- } else if (Register == 2) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr2 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G2 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.RW2 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN2 = 0;
- } else if (Register == 3) {
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr3 = Address;
- Dr7.Bits.G3 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.RW3 = 0;
- Dr7.Bits.LEN3 = 0;
- } else {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //Update DR7 register so appropriate Gn, RWn and LENn bits can be turned off.
- SystemContext.SystemContextIa32->Dr7 = Dr7.UintN;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- ‘Z1, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z2, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z3, [addr], [length]’
- ‘Z4, [addr], [length]’
-
- Insert hardware breakpoint/watchpoint at address addr of size length
-
- @param SystemContext Register content at time of the exception
- @param *PacketData Pointer to the Payload data for the packet
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-InsertBreakPoint (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- UINTN Type;
- UINTN Address;
- UINTN Length;
- UINTN Register;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- BREAK_TYPE BreakType = NotSupported;
- UINTN ErrorCode;
-
- ErrorCode = ParseBreakpointPacket (PacketData, &Type, &Address, &Length);
- if (ErrorCode > 0) {
- SendError ((UINT8)ErrorCode);
- return;
- }
-
- switch (Type) {
-
- case 0: //Software breakpoint
- BreakType = SoftwareBreakpoint;
- break;
-
- case 1: //Hardware breakpoint
- BreakType = InstructionExecution;
- break;
-
- case 2: //Write watchpoint
- BreakType = DataWrite;
- break;
-
- case 3: //Read watchpoint
- BreakType = DataRead;
- break;
-
- case 4: //Access watchpoint
- BreakType = DataReadWrite;
- break;
-
- default :
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Insert breakpoint default: %x\n", Type);
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDBRKPOINTTYPE);
- return;
- }
-
- // Find next free debug register
- Status = FindNextFreeDebugRegister (SystemContext, &Register);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"No space left on device\n");
- SendError (GDB_ENOSPACE);
- return;
- }
-
- // Write Address, length data at particular DR register
- Status = EnableDebugRegister (SystemContext, Register, Address, Length, (UINTN)BreakType);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
-
- if (Status == EFI_UNSUPPORTED) {
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Not supported\n");
- SendNotSupported();
- return;
- }
-
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Invalid argument\n");
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDARG);
- return;
- }
-
- SendSuccess ();
-}
-
-
-/**
- ‘z1, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z2, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z3, [addr], [length]’
- ‘z4, [addr], [length]’
-
- Remove hardware breakpoint/watchpoint at address addr of size length
-
- @param *PacketData Pointer to the Payload data for the packet
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-RemoveBreakPoint (
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext,
- IN CHAR8 *PacketData
- )
-{
- UINTN Type;
- UINTN Address;
- UINTN Length;
- UINTN Register;
- BREAK_TYPE BreakType = NotSupported;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN ErrorCode;
-
- //Parse breakpoint packet data
- ErrorCode = ParseBreakpointPacket (PacketData, &Type, &Address, &Length);
- if (ErrorCode > 0) {
- SendError ((UINT8)ErrorCode);
- return;
- }
-
- switch (Type) {
-
- case 0: //Software breakpoint
- BreakType = SoftwareBreakpoint;
- break;
-
- case 1: //Hardware breakpoint
- BreakType = InstructionExecution;
- break;
-
- case 2: //Write watchpoint
- BreakType = DataWrite;
- break;
-
- case 3: //Read watchpoint
- BreakType = DataRead;
- break;
-
- case 4: //Access watchpoint
- BreakType = DataReadWrite;
- break;
-
- default :
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDBRKPOINTTYPE);
- return;
- }
-
- //Find matching debug register
- Status = FindMatchingDebugRegister (SystemContext, Address, Length, (UINTN)BreakType, &Register);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
-
- if (Status == EFI_UNSUPPORTED) {
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Not supported.\n");
- SendNotSupported();
- return;
- }
-
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"No matching register found.\n");
- SendError (GDB_ENOSPACE);
- return;
- }
-
- //Remove breakpoint
- Status = DisableDebugRegister(SystemContext, Register);
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- Print ((CHAR16 *)L"Invalid argument.\n");
- SendError (GDB_EINVALIDARG);
- return;
- }
-
- SendSuccess ();
-}
-
-
-VOID
-InitializeProcessor (
- VOID
- )
-{
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-ValidateAddress (
- IN VOID *Address
- )
-{
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-ValidateException (
- IN EFI_EXCEPTION_TYPE ExceptionType,
- IN OUT EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT SystemContext
- )
-{
- return TRUE;
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/gdbnotes.txt b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/gdbnotes.txt deleted file mode 100755 index 287b09e6a8..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbDebugAgent/gdbnotes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -arm-none-eabi-gcc -march=armv7-a -mthumb t.c -Wl,-nostdlib --emit-relocs
-
-target remote com7
-set debug remote 1
-set remotetimeout 30
-set remotelogfile log.txt
-add-symbol-file c:/work/edk2/Build/BeagleBoard/DEBUG_GCC48/ARM/BeagleBoardPkg/Sec/Sec/DEBUG/BeagleBoardSec.dll 0x80008360
-
-
-qSupported
-Hg0
-
-Hc-1
-qC
-qAttached
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index e3d1b47cc4..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Basic serial IO abstaction for GDB
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <Uefi.h>
-#include <Library/GdbSerialLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/IoLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiBootServicesTableLib.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/DebugPort.h>
-
-
-EFI_DEBUGPORT_PROTOCOL *gDebugPort = NULL;
-UINTN gTimeOut = 0;
-
-/**
- The constructor function initializes the UART.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GdbSerialLibDebugPortConstructor (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiDebugPortProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **)&gDebugPort);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- gTimeOut = PcdGet32 (PcdGdbMaxPacketRetryCount);
- gDebugPort->Reset (gDebugPort);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
- data buts, and stop bits on a serial device. This call is optional as the serial
- port will be set up with defaults base on PCD values.
-
- @param BaudRate The requested baud rate. A BaudRate value of 0 will use the the
- device's default interface speed.
- @param Parity The type of parity to use on this serial device. A Parity value of
- DefaultParity will use the device's default parity value.
- @param DataBits The number of data bits to use on the serial device. A DataBits
- vaule of 0 will use the device's default data bit setting.
- @param StopBits The number of stop bits to use on this serial device. A StopBits
- value of DefaultStopBits will use the device's default number of
- stop bits.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device was configured.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The serial device could not be coonfigured.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GdbSerialInit (
- IN UINT64 BaudRate,
- IN UINT8 Parity,
- IN UINT8 DataBits,
- IN UINT8 StopBits
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = gDebugPort->Reset (gDebugPort);
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check to see if a character is available from GDB. Do not read the character as that is
- done via GdbGetChar().
-
- @return TRUE - Character availible
- @return FALSE - Character not availible
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
-GdbIsCharAvailable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = gDebugPort->Poll (gDebugPort);
-
- return (Status == EFI_SUCCESS ? TRUE : FALSE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Get a character from GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
-
- @return A character from GDB
-
-**/
-CHAR8
-EFIAPI
-GdbGetChar (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 Char;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- do {
- BufferSize = sizeof (Char);
- Status = gDebugPort->Read (gDebugPort, gTimeOut, &BufferSize, &Char);
- } while (EFI_ERROR (Status) || BufferSize != sizeof (Char));
-
- return Char;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Send a character to GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
-
-
- @param Char Send a character to GDB
-
-**/
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GdbPutChar (
- IN CHAR8 Char
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- do {
- BufferSize = sizeof (Char);
- Status = gDebugPort->Write (gDebugPort, gTimeOut, &BufferSize, &Char);
- } while (EFI_ERROR (Status) || BufferSize != sizeof (Char));
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- Send an ASCII string to GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
-
-
- @param String Send a string to GDB
-
-**/
-
-VOID
-GdbPutString (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-{
- // We could performance enhance this function by calling gDebugPort->Write ()
- while (*String != '\0') {
- GdbPutChar (*String);
- String++;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index b7c289c5a3..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialDebugPortLib/GdbSerialDebugPortLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Component description file for Base PCI Cf8 Library.
-#
-# PCI CF8 Library that uses I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI Configuration cycles.
-# Layers on top of an I/O Library instance.
-# Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = GdbSerialDebugPortLib
- FILE_GUID = 42ABB10A-660A-4BEC-AEFA-CC94AB4D993D
- MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = GdbSerialLib|DXE_CORE DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
-
- CONSTRUCTOR = GdbSerialLibDebugPortConstructor
-
-
-[Sources.common]
- GdbSerialDebugPortLib.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- DebugLib
- IoLib
-
-[Protocols.common]
- gEfiDebugPortProtocolGuid
-
-[FixedPcd.common]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbBaudRate|115200
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbDataBits|8
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbParity|1
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbStopBits|1
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbMaxPacketRetryCount
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7ea976ff9d..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Basic serial IO abstaction for GDB
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <Uefi.h>
-#include <Library/GdbSerialLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/IoLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-
-
-//---------------------------------------------
-// UART Register Offsets
-//---------------------------------------------
-#define BAUD_LOW_OFFSET 0x00
-#define BAUD_HIGH_OFFSET 0x01
-#define IER_OFFSET 0x01
-#define LCR_SHADOW_OFFSET 0x01
-#define FCR_SHADOW_OFFSET 0x02
-#define IR_CONTROL_OFFSET 0x02
-#define FCR_OFFSET 0x02
-#define EIR_OFFSET 0x02
-#define BSR_OFFSET 0x03
-#define LCR_OFFSET 0x03
-#define MCR_OFFSET 0x04
-#define LSR_OFFSET 0x05
-#define MSR_OFFSET 0x06
-
-//---------------------------------------------
-// UART Register Bit Defines
-//---------------------------------------------
-#define LSR_TXRDY 0x20
-#define LSR_RXDA 0x01
-#define DLAB 0x01
-#define ENABLE_FIFO 0x01
-#define CLEAR_FIFOS 0x06
-
-
-
-// IO Port Base for the UART
-UINTN gPort;
-
-
-/**
- The constructor function initializes the UART.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GdbSerialLibConstructor (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- UINT64 BaudRate;
- UINT8 DataBits;
- UINT8 Parity;
- UINT8 StopBits;
-
- gPort = (UINTN)PcdGet32 (PcdGdbUartPort);
-
- BaudRate = PcdGet64 (PcdGdbBaudRate);
- Parity = PcdGet8 (PcdGdbParity);
- DataBits = PcdGet8 (PcdGdbDataBits);
- StopBits = PcdGet8 (PcdGdbStopBits);
-
- return GdbSerialInit (BaudRate, Parity, DataBits, StopBits);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Sets the baud rate, receive FIFO depth, transmit/receice time out, parity,
- data buts, and stop bits on a serial device. This call is optional as the serial
- port will be set up with defaults base on PCD values.
-
- @param BaudRate The requested baud rate. A BaudRate value of 0 will use the the
- device's default interface speed.
- @param Parity The type of parity to use on this serial device. A Parity value of
- DefaultParity will use the device's default parity value.
- @param DataBits The number of data bits to use on the serial device. A DataBits
- vaule of 0 will use the device's default data bit setting.
- @param StopBits The number of stop bits to use on this serial device. A StopBits
- value of DefaultStopBits will use the device's default number of
- stop bits.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The device was configured.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The serial device could not be coonfigured.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-GdbSerialInit (
- IN UINT64 BaudRate,
- IN UINT8 Parity,
- IN UINT8 DataBits,
- IN UINT8 StopBits
- )
-{
- UINTN Divisor;
- UINT8 OutputData;
- UINT8 Data;
- UINT8 BreakSet = 0;
-
- //
- // We assume the UART has been turned on to decode gPort address range
- //
-
- //
- // Map 5..8 to 0..3
- //
- Data = (UINT8) (DataBits - (UINT8)5);
-
- //
- // Calculate divisor for baud generator
- //
- Divisor = 115200/(UINTN)BaudRate;
-
- //
- // Set communications format
- //
- OutputData = (UINT8)((DLAB << 7) | ((BreakSet << 6) | ((Parity << 3) | ((StopBits << 2) | Data))));
- IoWrite8 (gPort + LCR_OFFSET, OutputData);
-
- //
- // Configure baud rate
- //
- IoWrite8 (gPort + BAUD_HIGH_OFFSET, (UINT8)(Divisor >> 8));
- IoWrite8 (gPort + BAUD_LOW_OFFSET, (UINT8)(Divisor & 0xff));
-
-
- //
- // Switch back to bank 0
- //
- OutputData = (UINT8)((~DLAB<<7)|((BreakSet<<6)|((Parity<<3)|((StopBits<<2)| Data))));
- IoWrite8 (gPort + LCR_OFFSET, OutputData);
-
- // Not sure this is the right place to enable the FIFOs....
- // We probably need the FIFO enabled to not drop input
- IoWrite8 (gPort + FCR_SHADOW_OFFSET, ENABLE_FIFO);
-
-
- // Configure the UART hardware here
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check to see if a character is available from GDB. Do not read the character as that is
- done via GdbGetChar().
-
- @return TRUE - Character availible
- @return FALSE - Character not availible
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
-GdbIsCharAvailable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT8 Data;
-
- Data = IoRead8 (gPort + LSR_OFFSET);
-
- return ((Data & LSR_RXDA) == LSR_RXDA);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Get a character from GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
-
- @return A character from GDB
-
-**/
-CHAR8
-EFIAPI
-GdbGetChar (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT8 Data;
- CHAR8 Char;
-
- // Wait for the serial port to be ready
- do {
- Data = IoRead8 (gPort + LSR_OFFSET);
- } while ((Data & LSR_RXDA) == 0);
-
- Char = IoRead8 (gPort);
-
- // Make this an EFI_D_INFO after we get everything debugged.
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "<%c<", Char));
- return Char;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Send a character to GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
-
-
- @param Char Send a character to GDB
-
-**/
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-GdbPutChar (
- IN CHAR8 Char
- )
-{
- UINT8 Data;
-
- // Make this an EFI_D_INFO after we get everything debugged.
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, ">%c>", Char));
-
- // Wait for the serial port to be ready
- do {
- Data = IoRead8 (gPort + LSR_OFFSET);
- } while ((Data & LSR_TXRDY) == 0);
-
- IoWrite8 (gPort, Char);
-}
-
-/**
- Send an ASCII string to GDB. This function must be able to run in interrupt context.
-
-
- @param String Send a string to GDB
-
-**/
-
-VOID
-GdbPutString (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-{
- while (*String != '\0') {
- GdbPutChar (*String);
- String++;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index fed36b059d..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/GdbSerialLib/GdbSerialLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Component description file for Base PCI Cf8 Library.
-#
-# PCI CF8 Library that uses I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI Configuration cycles.
-# Layers on top of an I/O Library instance.
-# Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = GdbSerialLib
- FILE_GUID = 9999B4EE-081F-4501-AEDC-137A534BAF69
- MODULE_TYPE = UEFI_DRIVER
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = GdbSerialLib|DXE_CORE DXE_DRIVER DXE_RUNTIME_DRIVER UEFI_APPLICATION UEFI_DRIVER
-
- CONSTRUCTOR = GdbSerialLibConstructor
-
-
-[Sources.common]
- GdbSerialLib.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- DebugLib
- IoLib
-
-[FixedPcd.common]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbBaudRate|115200
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbDataBits|8
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbParity|1
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbStopBits|1
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdGdbUartPort
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Capsule.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Capsule.c deleted file mode 100644 index ec89cfdeec..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Capsule.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,288 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Generic Capsule services
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <Common/CapsuleName.h>
-
-
-//
-//Max size capsule services support are platform policy,to populate capsules we just need
-//memory to maintain them across reset,it is not a problem. And to special capsules ,for
-//example,update flash,it is mostly decided by the platform. Here is a sample size for
-//different type capsules.
-//
-#define MAX_SIZE_POPULATE (0)
-#define MAX_SIZE_NON_POPULATE (0)
-#define MAX_SUPPORT_CAPSULE_NUM 0x10
-
-
-BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
-SupportUpdateCapsuleRest (
- VOID
- )
-{
- //
- //If the platform has a way to guarantee the memory integrity across a system reset, return
- //TRUE, else FALSE.
- //
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-SupportCapsuleSize (
- IN OUT UINT32 *MaxSizePopulate,
- IN OUT UINT32 *MaxSizeNonPopulate
- )
-{
- //
- //Here is a sample size, different platforms have different sizes.
- //
- *MaxSizePopulate = MAX_SIZE_POPULATE;
- *MaxSizeNonPopulate = MAX_SIZE_NON_POPULATE;
- return;
-}
-
-
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibUpdateCapsule (
- IN UEFI_CAPSULE_HEADER **CapsuleHeaderArray,
- IN UINTN CapsuleCount,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ScatterGatherList OPTIONAL
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This code finds if the capsule needs reset to update, if no, update immediately.
-
-Arguments:
-
- CapsuleHeaderArray A array of pointers to capsule headers passed in
- CapsuleCount The number of capsule
- ScatterGatherList Physical address of datablock list points to capsule
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI STATUS
- EFI_SUCCESS Valid capsule was passed.If CAPSULE_FLAG_PERSIT_ACROSS_RESET is
- not set, the capsule has been successfully processed by the firmware.
- If it set, the ScattlerGatherList is successfully to be set.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER CapsuleCount is less than 1,CapsuleGuid is not supported.
- EFI_DEVICE_ERROR Failed to SetVariable or AllocatePool or ProcessFirmwareVolume.
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN CapsuleSize;
- UINTN ArrayNumber;
- VOID *BufferPtr;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE FvHandle;
- UEFI_CAPSULE_HEADER *CapsuleHeader;
-
- if ((CapsuleCount < 1) || (CapsuleCount > MAX_SUPPORT_CAPSULE_NUM)){
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- BufferPtr = NULL;
- CapsuleHeader = NULL;
-
- //
- //Compare GUIDs with EFI_CAPSULE_GUID, if capsule header contains CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET
- //and CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE flags,whatever the GUID is ,the service supports.
- //
- for (ArrayNumber = 0; ArrayNumber < CapsuleCount; ArrayNumber++) {
- CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[ArrayNumber];
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & (CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET | CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE)) == CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (!CompareGuid (&CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid, &gEfiCapsuleGuid)) {
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) == 0) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- //Assume that capsules have the same flags on reseting or not.
- //
- CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[0];
-
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET) != 0) {
- //
- //Check if the platform supports update capsule across a system reset
- //
- if (!SupportUpdateCapsuleRest()) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (ScatterGatherList == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- } else {
- Status = EfiSetVariable (
- EFI_CAPSULE_VARIABLE_NAME,
- &gEfiCapsuleVendorGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS,
- sizeof (UINTN),
- (VOID *) &ScatterGatherList
- );
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- //The rest occurs in the condition of non-reset mode
- //
- if (EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- //Here should be in the boot-time
- //
- for (ArrayNumber = 0; ArrayNumber < CapsuleCount ; ArrayNumber++) {
- CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[ArrayNumber];
- CapsuleSize = CapsuleHeader->CapsuleImageSize - CapsuleHeader->HeaderSize;
- Status = gBS->AllocatePool (EfiBootServicesData, CapsuleSize, &BufferPtr);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- goto Done;
- }
- gBS->CopyMem (BufferPtr, (UINT8*)CapsuleHeader+ CapsuleHeader->HeaderSize, CapsuleSize);
-
- //
- //Call DXE service ProcessFirmwareVolume to process immediatelly
- //
- Status = gDS->ProcessFirmwareVolume (BufferPtr, CapsuleSize, &FvHandle);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- gBS->FreePool (BufferPtr);
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
- gDS->Dispatch ();
- gBS->FreePool (BufferPtr);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-Done:
- if (BufferPtr != NULL) {
- gBS->FreePool (BufferPtr);
- }
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-QueryCapsuleCapabilities (
- IN UEFI_CAPSULE_HEADER **CapsuleHeaderArray,
- IN UINTN CapsuleCount,
- OUT UINT64 *MaxiumCapsuleSize,
- OUT EFI_RESET_TYPE *ResetType
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This code is query about capsule capability.
-
-Arguments:
-
- CapsuleHeaderArray A array of pointers to capsule headers passed in
- CapsuleCount The number of capsule
- MaxiumCapsuleSize Max capsule size is supported
- ResetType Reset type the capsule indicates, if reset is not needed,return EfiResetCold.
- If reset is needed, return EfiResetWarm.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI STATUS
- EFI_SUCCESS Valid answer returned
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER MaxiumCapsuleSize is NULL,ResetType is NULL.CapsuleCount is less than 1,CapsuleGuid is not supported.
- EFI_UNSUPPORTED The capsule type is not supported.
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN ArrayNumber;
- UEFI_CAPSULE_HEADER *CapsuleHeader;
- UINT32 MaxSizePopulate;
- UINT32 MaxSizeNonPopulate;
-
-
- if ((CapsuleCount < 1) || (CapsuleCount > MAX_SUPPORT_CAPSULE_NUM)){
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((MaxiumCapsuleSize == NULL) ||(ResetType == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CapsuleHeader = NULL;
-
- //
- //Compare GUIDs with EFI_CAPSULE_GUID, if capsule header contains CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET
- //and CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE flags,whatever the GUID is ,the service supports.
- //
- for (ArrayNumber = 0; ArrayNumber < CapsuleCount; ArrayNumber++) {
- CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[ArrayNumber];
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & (CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET | CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE)) == CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (!CompareGuid (&CapsuleHeader->CapsuleGuid, &gEfiCapsuleGuid)) {
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_POPULATE_SYSTEM_TABLE) == 0) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
- }
-
- SupportCapsuleSize(&MaxSizePopulate,&MaxSizeNonPopulate);
- //
- //Assume that capsules have the same flags on reseting or not.
- //
- CapsuleHeader = CapsuleHeaderArray[0];
- if ((CapsuleHeader->Flags & CAPSULE_FLAGS_PERSIST_ACROSS_RESET) != 0) {
- //
- //Check if the platform supports update capsule across a system reset
- //
- if (!SupportUpdateCapsuleRest()) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- *ResetType = EfiResetWarm;
- *MaxiumCapsuleSize = MaxSizePopulate;
- } else {
- *ResetType = EfiResetCold;
- *MaxiumCapsuleSize = MaxSizeNonPopulate;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-VOID
-LibCapsuleVirtualAddressChangeEvent (
- VOID
- )
-{
-}
-
-VOID
-LibCapsuleInitialize (
- VOID
- )
-{
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Mtc.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Mtc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2b60d07203..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Mtc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Generic Monotonic Counter services
-
- Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-
-**/
-
-
-//
-// The current Monotonic count value
-//
-UINT64 mEfiMtc = 0;
-
-
-//
-// Event to use to update the Mtc's high part when wrapping
-//
-EFI_EVENT mEfiMtcEvent;
-
-//
-// EfiMtcName - Variable name of the MTC value
-//
-CHAR16 *mEfiMtcName = L"MTC";
-
-//
-// EfiMtcGuid - Guid of the MTC value
-//
-EFI_GUID mEfiMtcGuid = { 0xeb704011, 0x1402, 0x11d3, { 0x8e, 0x77, 0x0, 0xa0, 0xc9, 0x69, 0x72, 0x3b } };
-
-
-
-//
-// Worker functions
-//
-
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-EfiMtcEventHandler (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Monotonic count event handler. This handler updates the high monotonic count.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Event The event to handle
- Context The event context
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The event has been handled properly
- EFI_NOT_FOUND An error occurred updating the variable.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 HighCount;
-
- EfiGetNextHighMonotonicCount (&HighCount);
- return;
-}
-
-
-
-VOID
-LibMtcVirtualAddressChangeEvent (VOID)
-{
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LibMtcGetNextHighMonotonicCount (
- OUT UINT32 *HighCount
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
-
- //
- // Check input parameters
- //
- if (HighCount == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
-
- if (!EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- // Use a lock if called before ExitBootServices()
- OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (EFI_TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
- }
-
- *HighCount = (UINT32) RShiftU64 (mEfiMtc, 32) + 1;
- mEfiMtc = LShiftU64 (*HighCount, 32);
-
- if (!EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
- }
-
- //
- // Update the NvRam store to match the new high part
- //
- Status = EfiSetVariable (
- mEfiMtcName,
- &mEfiMtcGuid,
- EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE | EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS | EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS,
- sizeof (UINT32),
- HighCount
- );
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibMtcGetNextMonotonicCount (
- OUT UINT64 *Count
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_TPL OldTpl;
- UINT32 HighCount;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- //
- // Can not be called after ExitBootServices()
- //
- if (EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Check input parameters
- //
- if (Count == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (mEfiMtc == 0) {
- //
- // If the MTC has not been initialized read the variable
- //
-
- //
- // Read the last high part
- //
- BufferSize = sizeof (UINT32);
- Status = EfiGetVariable (
- mEfiMtcName,
- &mEfiMtcGuid,
- NULL,
- &BufferSize,
- &HighCount
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- HighCount = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Set the current value
- //
- mEfiMtc = LShiftU64 (HighCount, 32);
- //
- // Increment the upper 32 bits for this boot
- // Continue even if it fails. It will only fail if the variable services are
- // not functional.
- //
- Status = EfiGetNextHighMonotonicCount (&HighCount);
- }
-
-
- //
- // Update the monotonic counter with a lock
- //
- OldTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (EFI_TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
- *Count = mEfiMtc;
- mEfiMtc++;
- gBS->RestoreTPL (OldTpl);
-
- //
- // If the MSB bit of the low part toggled, then signal that the high
- // part needs updated now
- //
- if ((((UINT32) mEfiMtc) ^ ((UINT32) *Count)) & 0x80000000) {
- gBS->SignalEvent (mEfiMtcEvent);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-VOID
-LibMtcInitialize (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Initialize event to handle overflows
- //
- Status = gBS->CreateEvent (
- EVT_NOTIFY_SIGNAL,
- EFI_TPL_CALLBACK,
- EfiMtcEventHandler,
- NULL,
- &mEfiMtcEvent
- );
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/ReportStatusCode.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/ReportStatusCode.c deleted file mode 100644 index e2d5500ae0..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/ReportStatusCode.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Report status code lib on top of either SerialLib and/or EFI Serial Protocol.
- Based on PcdStatusCodeUseEfiSerial & PcdStatusCodeUseHardSerial settings
-
- There is just a single runtime memory buffer that contans all the data.
-
- Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-
-**/
-
-//////////#include "DxeStatusCode.h"
-
-
-EFI_SERIAL_IO_PROTOCOL *mSerialIoProtocol = NULL;
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibReportStatusCode (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *Filename;
- CHAR8 *Description;
- CHAR8 *Format;
- CHAR8 Buffer[EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE];
- UINT32 ErrorLevel;
- UINT32 LineNumber;
- UINTN CharCount;
- VA_LIST Marker;
- EFI_DEBUG_INFO *DebugInfo;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
-
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseEfiSerial)) {
- if (EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (EFI_TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
-
- if (CurrentTpl > EFI_TPL_CALLBACK ) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
- }
-
- Buffer[0] = '\0';
-
- if (Data != NULL &&
- ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo (CodeType, Value, Data, &Filename, &Description, &LineNumber)) {
- //
- // Print ASSERT() information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "\n\rDXE_ASSERT!: %a (%d): %a\n\r",
- Filename,
- LineNumber,
- Description
- );
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
- ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (Data, &ErrorLevel, &Marker, &Format)) {
- //
- // Print DEBUG() information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiVSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- Format,
- Marker
- );
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
- CompareGuid (&Data->Type, &gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid) &&
- (CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_DEBUG_CODE) {
- //
- // Print specific data into output buffer.
- //
- DebugInfo = (EFI_DEBUG_INFO *) (Data + 1);
- Marker = (VA_LIST) (DebugInfo + 1);
- Format = (CHAR8 *) (((UINT64 *) (DebugInfo + 1)) + 12);
-
- CharCount = AsciiVSPrint (Buffer, EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE, Format, Marker);
- } else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) {
- //
- // Print ERROR information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "ERROR: C%x:V%x I%x",
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
-
- //
- // Make sure we don't try to print values that weren't
- // intended to be printed, especially NULL GUID pointers.
- //
-
- if (CallerId != NULL) {
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount - 1],
- (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- " %g",
- CallerId
- );
- }
-
- if (Data != NULL) {
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount - 1],
- (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- " %x",
- Data
- );
- }
-
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount - 1],
- (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- "\n\r"
- );
- } else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) {
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "PROGRESS CODE: V%x I%x\n\r",
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- } else {
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "Undefined: C%x:V%x I%x\n\r",
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- }
-
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseHardSerial)) {
- //
- // Callout to SerialPort Lib function to do print.
- //
- SerialPortWrite ((UINT8 *) Buffer, CharCount);
- }
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdStatusCodeUseEfiSerial)) {
- if (mSerialIoProtocol == NULL) {
- gBS->LocateProtocol (&gEfiSerialIoProtocolGuid, NULL, (VOID **) &mSerialIoProtocol);
- }
-
- if (mSerialIoProtocol == NULL) {
- mSerialIoProtocol->Write (
- mSerialIoProtocol,
- &CharCount,
- Buffer
- );
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-VOID
-LibReportStatusCodeVirtualAddressChangeEvent (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return;
-}
-
-VOID
-LibReportStatusCodeInitialize (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Reset.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Reset.c deleted file mode 100644 index c6ae1f0c32..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Reset.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Simple PC Port 0x92 reset driver
-
- Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-
-**/
-
-
-
-VOID
-LibResetInitializeReset (
- VOID
- )
-{
-}
-
-VOID
-LibResetVirtualAddressChangeEvent (
- VOID
- )
-{
-}
-
-
-VOID
-LibResetSystem (
- IN EFI_RESET_TYPE ResetType,
- IN EFI_STATUS ResetStatus,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN CHAR16 *ResetData OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- UINT8 Data;
-
- switch (ResetType) {
- case EfiResetWarm:
- case EfiResetCold:
- case EfiResetShutdown:
- Data = IoRead8 (0x92);
- Data |= 1;
- IoWrite8 (0x92, Data);
- break;
-
- default:
- return ;
- }
-
- //
- // Given we should have reset getting here would be bad
- //
- ASSERT (FALSE);
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Rtc.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Rtc.c deleted file mode 100644 index c35d72c03c..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Rtc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,862 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Simple PC RTC
-
- Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Copyright (c) 2014, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-
-**/
-
-
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_LOCK RtcLock;
- UINT16 SavedTimeZone;
- UINT8 Daylight;
-} PC_RTC_GLOBALS;
-
-#define PCAT_RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER 0x70
-#define PCAT_RTC_DATA_REGISTER 0x71
-
-//
-// Dallas DS12C887 Real Time Clock
-//
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_SECONDS 0 // R/W Range 0..59
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_SECONDS_ALARM 1 // R/W Range 0..59
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_MINUTES 2 // R/W Range 0..59
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_MINUTES_ALARM 3 // R/W Range 0..59
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_HOURS 4 // R/W Range 1..12 or 0..23 Bit 7 is AM/PM
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_HOURS_ALARM 5 // R/W Range 1..12 or 0..23 Bit 7 is AM/PM
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_DAY_OF_THE_WEEK 6 // R/W Range 1..7
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_DAY_OF_THE_MONTH 7 // R/W Range 1..31
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_MONTH 8 // R/W Range 1..12
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_YEAR 9 // R/W Range 0..99
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_A 10 // R/W[0..6] R0[7]
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B 11 // R/W
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_C 12 // RO
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_D 13 // RO
-#define RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY 50 // R/W Range 19..20 Bit 8 is R/W
-//
-// Date and time initial values.
-// They are used if the RTC values are invalid during driver initialization
-//
-#define RTC_INIT_SECOND 0
-#define RTC_INIT_MINUTE 0
-#define RTC_INIT_HOUR 0
-#define RTC_INIT_DAY 1
-#define RTC_INIT_MONTH 1
-#define RTC_INIT_YEAR 2001
-
-//
-// Register initial values
-//
-#define RTC_INIT_REGISTER_A 0x26
-#define RTC_INIT_REGISTER_B 0x02
-#define RTC_INIT_REGISTER_D 0x0
-
-#pragma pack(1)
-//
-// Register A
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINT8 RS : 4; // Rate Selection Bits
- UINT8 DV : 3; // Divisor
- UINT8 UIP : 1; // Update in progress
-} RTC_REGISTER_A_BITS;
-
-typedef union {
- RTC_REGISTER_A_BITS Bits;
- UINT8 Data;
-} RTC_REGISTER_A;
-
-//
-// Register B
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINT8 DSE : 1; // 0 - Daylight saving disabled 1 - Daylight savings enabled
- UINT8 MIL : 1; // 0 - 12 hour mode 1 - 24 hour mode
- UINT8 DM : 1; // 0 - BCD Format 1 - Binary Format
- UINT8 SQWE : 1; // 0 - Disable SQWE output 1 - Enable SQWE output
- UINT8 UIE : 1; // 0 - Update INT disabled 1 - Update INT enabled
- UINT8 AIE : 1; // 0 - Alarm INT disabled 1 - Alarm INT Enabled
- UINT8 PIE : 1; // 0 - Periodic INT disabled 1 - Periodic INT Enabled
- UINT8 SET : 1; // 0 - Normal operation. 1 - Updates inhibited
-} RTC_REGISTER_B_BITS;
-
-typedef union {
- RTC_REGISTER_B_BITS Bits;
- UINT8 Data;
-} RTC_REGISTER_B;
-
-//
-// Register C
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINT8 Reserved : 4; // Read as zero. Can not be written.
- UINT8 UF : 1; // Update End Interrupt Flag
- UINT8 AF : 1; // Alarm Interrupt Flag
- UINT8 PF : 1; // Periodic Interrupt Flag
- UINT8 IRQF : 1; // Iterrupt Request Flag = PF & PIE | AF & AIE | UF & UIE
-} RTC_REGISTER_C_BITS;
-
-typedef union {
- RTC_REGISTER_C_BITS Bits;
- UINT8 Data;
-} RTC_REGISTER_C;
-
-//
-// Register D
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINT8 Reserved : 7; // Read as zero. Can not be written.
- UINT8 VRT : 1; // Valid RAM and Time
-} RTC_REGISTER_D_BITS;
-
-typedef union {
- RTC_REGISTER_D_BITS Bits;
- UINT8 Data;
-} RTC_REGISTER_D;
-
-#pragma pack()
-
-PC_RTC_GLOBALS mRtc;
-
-BOOLEAN
-IsLeapYear (
- IN EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- if (Time->Year % 4 == 0) {
- if (Time->Year % 100 == 0) {
- if (Time->Year % 400 == 0) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
- } else {
- return TRUE;
- }
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-
-const INTN mDayOfMonth[12] = { 31, 29, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 };
-
-BOOLEAN
-DayValid (
- IN EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- if (Time->Day < 1 ||
- Time->Day > mDayOfMonth[Time->Month - 1] ||
- (Time->Month == 2 && (!IsLeapYear (Time) && Time->Day > 28))
- ) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-UINT8
-DecimaltoBcd (
- IN UINT8 DecValue
- )
-{
- UINTN High;
- UINTN Low;
-
- High = DecValue / 10;
- Low = DecValue - (High * 10);
-
- return (UINT8) (Low + (High << 4));
-}
-
-UINT8
-BcdToDecimal (
- IN UINT8 BcdValue
- )
-{
- UINTN High;
- UINTN Low;
-
- High = BcdValue >> 4;
- Low = BcdValue - (High << 4);
-
- return (UINT8) (Low + (High * 10));
-}
-
-
-
-
-VOID
-ConvertEfiTimeToRtcTime (
- IN EFI_TIME *Time,
- IN RTC_REGISTER_B RegisterB,
- IN UINT8 *Century
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN PM;
-
- PM = TRUE;
- //
- // Adjust hour field if RTC in in 12 hour mode
- //
- if (RegisterB.Bits.MIL == 0) {
- if (Time->Hour < 12) {
- PM = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (Time->Hour >= 13) {
- Time->Hour = (UINT8) (Time->Hour - 12);
- } else if (Time->Hour == 0) {
- Time->Hour = 12;
- }
- }
- //
- // Set the Time/Date/Daylight Savings values.
- //
- *Century = DecimaltoBcd ((UINT8) (Time->Year / 100));
-
- Time->Year = (UINT16) (Time->Year % 100);
-
- if (RegisterB.Bits.DM == 0) {
- Time->Year = DecimaltoBcd ((UINT8) Time->Year);
- Time->Month = DecimaltoBcd (Time->Month);
- Time->Day = DecimaltoBcd (Time->Day);
- Time->Hour = DecimaltoBcd (Time->Hour);
- Time->Minute = DecimaltoBcd (Time->Minute);
- Time->Second = DecimaltoBcd (Time->Second);
- }
- //
- // If we are in 12 hour mode and PM is set, then set bit 7 of the Hour field.
- //
- if (RegisterB.Bits.MIL == 0 && PM) {
- Time->Hour = (UINT8) (Time->Hour | 0x80);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Check the validity of all the fields of a data structure of type EFI_TIME
-
- @param[in] Time Pointer to a data structure of type EFI_TIME that defines a date and time
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS All date and time fields are valid
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER At least one date or time field is not valid
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RtcTimeFieldsValid (
- IN EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- if ((Time->Year < 1998 ) ||
- (Time->Year > 2099 ) ||
- (Time->Month < 1 ) ||
- (Time->Month > 12 ) ||
- (!DayValid (Time)) ||
- (Time->Hour > 23 ) ||
- (Time->Minute > 59 ) ||
- (Time->Second > 59 ) ||
- (Time->Nanosecond > 999999999) ||
- ((Time->TimeZone != EFI_UNSPECIFIED_TIMEZONE) &&
- ((Time->TimeZone < -1440) ||
- (Time->TimeZone > 1440 ) ) ) ||
- (Time->Daylight & (~(EFI_TIME_ADJUST_DAYLIGHT |
- EFI_TIME_IN_DAYLIGHT )))
- ) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-UINT8
-RtcRead (
- IN UINT8 Address
- )
-{
- IoWrite8 (PCAT_RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER, (UINT8) (Address | (UINT8) (IoRead8 (PCAT_RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER) & 0x80)));
- return IoRead8 (PCAT_RTC_DATA_REGISTER);
-}
-
-VOID
-RtcWrite (
- IN UINT8 Address,
- IN UINT8 Data
- )
-{
- IoWrite8 (PCAT_RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER, (UINT8) (Address | (UINT8) (IoRead8 (PCAT_RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER) & 0x80)));
- IoWrite8 (PCAT_RTC_DATA_REGISTER, Data);
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-RtcTestCenturyRegister (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT8 Century;
- UINT8 Temp;
-
- Century = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY);
- //
- // RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY, 0x00);
- //
- Temp = (UINT8) (RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY) & 0x7f);
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY, Century);
- if (Temp == 0x19 || Temp == 0x20) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
-}
-
-VOID
-ConvertRtcTimeToEfiTime (
- IN EFI_TIME *Time,
- IN RTC_REGISTER_B RegisterB
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN PM;
-
- if ((Time->Hour) & 0x80) {
- PM = TRUE;
- } else {
- PM = FALSE;
- }
-
- Time->Hour = (UINT8) (Time->Hour & 0x7f);
-
- if (RegisterB.Bits.DM == 0) {
- Time->Year = BcdToDecimal ((UINT8) Time->Year);
- Time->Month = BcdToDecimal (Time->Month);
- Time->Day = BcdToDecimal (Time->Day);
- Time->Hour = BcdToDecimal (Time->Hour);
- Time->Minute = BcdToDecimal (Time->Minute);
- Time->Second = BcdToDecimal (Time->Second);
- }
- //
- // If time is in 12 hour format, convert it to 24 hour format
- //
- if (RegisterB.Bits.MIL == 0) {
- if (PM && Time->Hour < 12) {
- Time->Hour = (UINT8) (Time->Hour + 12);
- }
-
- if (!PM && Time->Hour == 12) {
- Time->Hour = 0;
- }
- }
-
- Time->Nanosecond = 0;
- Time->TimeZone = EFI_UNSPECIFIED_TIMEZONE;
- Time->Daylight = 0;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-RtcWaitToUpdate (
- UINTN Timeout
- )
-{
- RTC_REGISTER_A RegisterA;
- RTC_REGISTER_D RegisterD;
-
- //
- // See if the RTC is functioning correctly
- //
- RegisterD.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_D);
-
- if (RegisterD.Bits.VRT == 0) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
- //
- // Wait for up to 0.1 seconds for the RTC to be ready.
- //
- Timeout = (Timeout / 10) + 1;
- RegisterA.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_A);
- while (RegisterA.Bits.UIP == 1 && Timeout > 0) {
- MicroSecondDelay (10);
- RegisterA.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_A);
- Timeout--;
- }
-
- RegisterD.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_D);
- if (Timeout == 0 || RegisterD.Bits.VRT == 0) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibGetTime (
- OUT EFI_TIME *Time,
- OUT EFI_TIME_CAPABILITIES *Capabilities
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- RTC_REGISTER_B RegisterB;
- UINT8 Century;
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- //
- // Check parameters for null pointer
- //
- if (Time == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
-
- }
- //
- // Acquire RTC Lock to make access to RTC atomic
- //
- EfiAcquireLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Wait for up to 0.1 seconds for the RTC to be updated
- //
- Status = RtcWaitToUpdate (100000);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Read Register B
- //
- RegisterB.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B);
-
- //
- // Get the Time/Date/Daylight Savings values.
- //
- Time->Second = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_SECONDS);
- Time->Minute = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_MINUTES);
- Time->Hour = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_HOURS);
- Time->Day = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_DAY_OF_THE_MONTH);
- Time->Month = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_MONTH);
- Time->Year = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_YEAR);
-
- ConvertRtcTimeToEfiTime (Time, RegisterB);
-
- if (RtcTestCenturyRegister () == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Century = BcdToDecimal ((UINT8) (RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY) & 0x7f));
- } else {
- Century = BcdToDecimal (RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY));
- }
-
- Time->Year = (UINT16) (Century * 100 + Time->Year);
-
- //
- // Release RTC Lock.
- //
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Get the variable that containts the TimeZone and Daylight fields
- //
- Time->TimeZone = mRtc.SavedTimeZone;
- Time->Daylight = mRtc.Daylight;
-
- BufferSize = sizeof (INT16) + sizeof (UINT8);
-
- //
- // Make sure all field values are in correct range
- //
- Status = RtcTimeFieldsValid (Time);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
- //
- // Fill in Capabilities if it was passed in
- //
- if (Capabilities) {
- Capabilities->Resolution = 1;
- //
- // 1 hertz
- //
- Capabilities->Accuracy = 50000000;
- //
- // 50 ppm
- //
- Capabilities->SetsToZero = FALSE;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibSetTime (
- IN EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_TIME RtcTime;
- RTC_REGISTER_B RegisterB;
- UINT8 Century;
-
- if (Time == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Make sure that the time fields are valid
- //
- Status = RtcTimeFieldsValid (Time);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- CopyMem (&RtcTime, Time, sizeof (EFI_TIME));
-
- //
- // Acquire RTC Lock to make access to RTC atomic
- //
- EfiAcquireLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Wait for up to 0.1 seconds for the RTC to be updated
- //
- Status = RtcWaitToUpdate (100000);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Read Register B, and inhibit updates of the RTC
- //
- RegisterB.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B);
- RegisterB.Bits.SET = 1;
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B, RegisterB.Data);
-
- ConvertEfiTimeToRtcTime (&RtcTime, RegisterB, &Century);
-
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_SECONDS, RtcTime.Second);
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_MINUTES, RtcTime.Minute);
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_HOURS, RtcTime.Hour);
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_DAY_OF_THE_MONTH, RtcTime.Day);
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_MONTH, RtcTime.Month);
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_YEAR, (UINT8) RtcTime.Year);
- if (RtcTestCenturyRegister () == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Century = (UINT8) ((Century & 0x7f) | (RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY) & 0x80));
- }
-
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY, Century);
-
- //
- // Allow updates of the RTC registers
- //
- RegisterB.Bits.SET = 0;
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B, RegisterB.Data);
-
- //
- // Release RTC Lock.
- //
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Set the variable that containts the TimeZone and Daylight fields
- //
- mRtc.SavedTimeZone = Time->TimeZone;
- mRtc.Daylight = Time->Daylight;
- return Status;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-libGetWakeupTime (
- OUT BOOLEAN *Enabled,
- OUT BOOLEAN *Pending,
- OUT EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- RTC_REGISTER_B RegisterB;
- RTC_REGISTER_C RegisterC;
- UINT8 Century;
-
- //
- // Check paramters for null pointers
- //
- if ((Enabled == NULL) || (Pending == NULL) || (Time == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
-
- }
- //
- // Acquire RTC Lock to make access to RTC atomic
- //
- EfiAcquireLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Wait for up to 0.1 seconds for the RTC to be updated
- //
- Status = RtcWaitToUpdate (100000);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
- //
- // Read Register B and Register C
- //
- RegisterB.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B);
- RegisterC.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_C);
-
- //
- // Get the Time/Date/Daylight Savings values.
- //
- *Enabled = RegisterB.Bits.AIE;
- if (*Enabled) {
- Time->Second = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_SECONDS_ALARM);
- Time->Minute = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_MINUTES_ALARM);
- Time->Hour = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_HOURS_ALARM);
- Time->Day = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_DAY_OF_THE_MONTH);
- Time->Month = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_MONTH);
- Time->Year = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_YEAR);
- } else {
- Time->Second = 0;
- Time->Minute = 0;
- Time->Hour = 0;
- Time->Day = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_DAY_OF_THE_MONTH);
- Time->Month = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_MONTH);
- Time->Year = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_YEAR);
- }
-
- ConvertRtcTimeToEfiTime (Time, RegisterB);
-
- if (RtcTestCenturyRegister () == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Century = BcdToDecimal ((UINT8) (RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY) & 0x7f));
- } else {
- Century = BcdToDecimal (RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY));
- }
-
- Time->Year = (UINT16) (Century * 100 + Time->Year);
-
- //
- // Release RTC Lock.
- //
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Make sure all field values are in correct range
- //
- Status = RtcTimeFieldsValid (Time);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
-
- *Pending = RegisterC.Bits.AF;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibSetWakeupTime (
- IN BOOLEAN Enabled,
- OUT EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_TIME RtcTime;
- RTC_REGISTER_B RegisterB;
- UINT8 Century;
- EFI_TIME_CAPABILITIES Capabilities;
-
- if (Enabled) {
-
- if (Time == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Make sure that the time fields are valid
- //
- Status = RtcTimeFieldsValid (Time);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Just support set alarm time within 24 hours
- //
- LibGetTime (&RtcTime, &Capabilities);
- if (Time->Year != RtcTime.Year ||
- Time->Month != RtcTime.Month ||
- (Time->Day != RtcTime.Day && Time->Day != (RtcTime.Day + 1))
- ) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- //
- // Make a local copy of the time and date
- //
- CopyMem (&RtcTime, Time, sizeof (EFI_TIME));
-
- }
- //
- // Acquire RTC Lock to make access to RTC atomic
- //
- EfiAcquireLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Wait for up to 0.1 seconds for the RTC to be updated
- //
- Status = RtcWaitToUpdate (100000);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
- }
- //
- // Read Register B, and inhibit updates of the RTC
- //
- RegisterB.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B);
-
- RegisterB.Bits.SET = 1;
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B, RegisterB.Data);
-
- if (Enabled) {
- ConvertEfiTimeToRtcTime (&RtcTime, RegisterB, &Century);
-
- //
- // Set RTC alarm time
- //
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_SECONDS_ALARM, RtcTime.Second);
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_MINUTES_ALARM, RtcTime.Minute);
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_HOURS_ALARM, RtcTime.Hour);
-
- RegisterB.Bits.AIE = 1;
-
- } else {
- RegisterB.Bits.AIE = 0;
- }
- //
- // Allow updates of the RTC registers
- //
- RegisterB.Bits.SET = 0;
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B, RegisterB.Data);
-
- //
- // Release RTC Lock.
- //
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-VOID
-LibRtcVirtualAddressChangeEvent (
- VOID
- )
-{
-}
-
-
-VOID
-LibRtcInitialize (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- RTC_REGISTER_A RegisterA;
- RTC_REGISTER_B RegisterB;
- RTC_REGISTER_C RegisterC;
- RTC_REGISTER_D RegisterD;
- UINT8 Century;
- EFI_TIME Time;
-
- //
- // Acquire RTC Lock to make access to RTC atomic
- //
- EfiAcquireLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Initialize RTC Register
- //
- // Make sure Division Chain is properly configured,
- // or RTC clock won't "tick" -- time won't increment
- //
- RegisterA.Data = RTC_INIT_REGISTER_A;
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_A, RegisterA.Data);
-
- //
- // Read Register B
- //
- RegisterB.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B);
-
- //
- // Clear RTC flag register
- //
- RegisterC.Data = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_C);
-
- //
- // Clear RTC register D
- //
- RegisterD.Data = RTC_INIT_REGISTER_D;
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_D, RegisterD.Data);
-
- //
- // Wait for up to 0.1 seconds for the RTC to be updated
- //
- Status = RtcWaitToUpdate (100000);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
- return;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the Time/Date/Daylight Savings values.
- //
- Time.Second = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_SECONDS);
- Time.Minute = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_MINUTES);
- Time.Hour = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_HOURS);
- Time.Day = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_DAY_OF_THE_MONTH);
- Time.Month = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_MONTH);
- Time.Year = RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_YEAR);
-
- ConvertRtcTimeToEfiTime (&Time, RegisterB);
-
- if (RtcTestCenturyRegister () == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Century = BcdToDecimal ((UINT8) (RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY) & 0x7f));
- } else {
- Century = BcdToDecimal (RtcRead (RTC_ADDRESS_CENTURY));
- }
-
- Time.Year = (UINT16) (Century * 100 + Time.Year);
-
- //
- // Set RTC configuration after get original time
- //
- RtcWrite (RTC_ADDRESS_REGISTER_B, RTC_INIT_REGISTER_B);
-
- //
- // Release RTC Lock.
- //
- EfiReleaseLock (&mRtc.RtcLock);
-
- //
- // Validate time fields
- //
- Status = RtcTimeFieldsValid (&Time);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Time.Second = RTC_INIT_SECOND;
- Time.Minute = RTC_INIT_MINUTE;
- Time.Hour = RTC_INIT_HOUR;
- Time.Day = RTC_INIT_DAY;
- Time.Month = RTC_INIT_MONTH;
- Time.Year = RTC_INIT_YEAR;
- }
- //
- // Reset time value according to new RTC configuration
- //
- LibSetTime (&Time);
-
- return;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Variable.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Variable.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0c1b76a4bb..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/HalRuntimeServicesExampleLib/Variable.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,306 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Variable services implemented from system memory
-
- There is just a single runtime memory buffer that contans all the data.
-
- Copyright (c) 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-
-**/
-
-
-UINT64 mMaximumVariableStorageSize;
-UINT64 mRemainingVariableStorageSize;
-UINT64 mMaximumVariableSize;
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_GUID VendorGuid;
- UINT32 Attribute;
- UINTN DataSize;
-} VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY;
-// CHAR16 VariableName[]
-// UINT8 Data[]
-
-VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *mVariableArray = NULL;
-VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *mVariableArrayNextFree = NULL;
-VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *mVariableArrayEnd = NULL;
-
-
-VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *
-AddEntry (
- IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
- IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
- IN UINT32 Attributes,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN VOID *Data
- )
-{
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN SizeOfString;
- VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *Entry;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
-
-
- SizeOfString = StrSize (VariableName);
- Size = SizeOfString + sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY) + DataSize;
- if ((VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArrayNextFree) + Size) > mVariableArrayEnd) {
- // ran out of space
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (!EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- // Enter critical section
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (EFI_TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
- }
-
- Entry = mVariableArrayNextFree;
- CopyGuid (&Entry->VendorGuid, VendorGuid);
- Entry->Attribute = Attributes;
- Entry->DataSize = DataSize;
- StrCpy ((CHAR16 *)++mVariableArrayNextFree, VariableName);
- mVariableArrayNextFree = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArrayNextFree) + SizeOfString);
- CopyMem (mVariableArrayNextFree, Data, DataSize);
- mVariableArrayNextFree = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArrayNextFree) + DataSize);
-
- if (!EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- // Exit Critical section
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
- }
-
- return Entry;
-}
-
-VOID
-DeleteEntry (
- IN VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *Entry
- )
-{
- UINTN Size;
- UINT8 *Data;
- EFI_TPL CurrentTpl;
-
- Size = StrSize ((CHAR16 *)(Entry + 1)) + sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY) + Entry->DataSize;
- Data = ((UINT8 *)Entry) + Size;
-
- CopyMem (Entry, Data, (UINTN)mVariableArrayNextFree - (UINTN)Data);
-
- if (!EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- // Enter critical section
- CurrentTpl = gBS->RaiseTPL (EFI_TPL_HIGH_LEVEL);
- }
-
- mVariableArrayNextFree = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArrayNextFree) - Size);
-
- if (!EfiAtRuntime ()) {
- // Exit Critical section
- gBS->RestoreTPL (CurrentTpl);
- }
-}
-
-
-VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *
-GetVariableArrayEntry (
- IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
- IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
- OUT VOID **Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *Entry;
- UINTN Size;
-
- if (*VariableName == L'\0') {
- // by definition first entry is null-terminated string
- if (mVariableArray == mVariableArrayNextFree) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return mVariableArray;
- }
-
- for (Entry = mVariableArray; Entry < mVariableArrayEnd;) {
- if (CompareGuid (VendorGuid, &Entry->VendorGuid)) {
- if (StrCmp (VariableName, (CHAR16 *)(Entry + 1))) {
- Size = StrSize ((CHAR16 *)(Entry + 1));
- if (Data != NULL) {
- *Data = (VOID *)(((UINT8 *)Entry) + (Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY)));
- }
- return Entry;
- }
- }
-
- Size = StrSize ((CHAR16 *)(Entry + 1)) + sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY) + Entry->DataSize;
- Entry = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)Entry) + Size);
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibGetVariable (
- IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
- IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
- OUT UINT32 *Attributes OPTIONAL,
- IN OUT UINTN *DataSize,
- OUT VOID *Data
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *Entry;
- VOID *InternalData;
-
- if (EfiAtRuntime () && (Attributes != NULL)) {
- if ((*Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS) == 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
- Entry = GetVariableArrayEntry (VariableName, VendorGuid, &InternalData);
- if (Entry == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (*DataSize < Entry->DataSize) {
- *DataSize = Entry->DataSize;
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- *DataSize = Entry->DataSize;
- if (Attributes != NULL) {
- *Attributes = Entry->Attribute;
- }
-
- CopyMem (Data, InternalData, *DataSize);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibGetNextVariableName (
- IN OUT UINTN *VariableNameSize,
- IN OUT CHAR16 *VariableName,
- IN OUT EFI_GUID *VendorGuid
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *Entry;
- VOID *InternalData;
- UINTN StringSize;
- BOOLEAN Done;
-
- for (Done = FALSE; !Done; ) {
- Entry = GetVariableArrayEntry (VariableName, VendorGuid, &InternalData);
- if (Entry == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- // If we are at runtime skip variables that do not have the Runitme attribute set.
- Done = (EfiAtRuntime () && ((Entry->Attribute & EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS) == 0)) ? FALSE : TRUE;
- }
-
- StringSize = StrSize ((CHAR16 *)(Entry + 1));
- Entry = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)Entry) + (StringSize + sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY) + Entry->DataSize));
- if (Entry >= mVariableArrayEnd) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (*VariableNameSize < StringSize) {
- *VariableNameSize = StringSize;
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- *VariableNameSize = StringSize;
- CopyMem (VariableName, (CHAR16 *)(Entry + 1), StringSize);
- CopyMem (VendorGuid, &Entry->VendorGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibSetVariable (
- IN CHAR16 *VariableName,
- IN EFI_GUID *VendorGuid,
- IN UINT32 Attributes,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN VOID *Data
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *Entry;
- VOID *InternalData;
-
- if (EfiAtRuntime () && ((Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS) == 0)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- Entry = GetVariableArrayEntry (VariableName, VendorGuid, &InternalData);
- if (Entry == NULL) {
- if (DataSize == 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- Entry = AddEntry (VariableName, VendorGuid, Attributes, DataSize, Data);
- return (Entry == NULL) ? EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES : EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- } else if (DataSize == 0) {
- // DataSize is zero so delete
- DeleteEntry (Entry);
- } else if (DataSize == Entry->DataSize) {
- // No change is size so just update the store
- Entry->Attribute |= Attributes;
- CopyMem (InternalData, Data, DataSize);
- } else {
- // Grow the entry by deleting and adding back. Don't lose previous Attributes
- Attributes |= Entry->Attribute;
- DeleteEntry (Entry);
- Entry = AddEntry (VariableName, VendorGuid, Attributes, DataSize, Data);
- return (Entry == NULL) ? EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES : EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-LibQueryVariableInfo (
- IN UINT32 Attributes,
- OUT UINT64 *MaximumVariableStorageSize,
- OUT UINT64 *RemainingVariableStorageSize,
- OUT UINT64 *MaximumVariableSize
- )
-{
- *MaximumVariableStorageSize = mMaximumVariableStorageSize;
- *RemainingVariableStorageSize = mRemainingVariableStorageSize;
- *MaximumVariableStorageSize = mRemainingVariableStorageSize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-VOID
-LibVariableVirtualAddressChangeEvent (VOID)
-{
- EfiConvertPointer (0, (VOID **)&mVariableArray);
- EfiConvertPointer (0, (VOID **)&mVariableArrayNextFree);
- EfiConvertPointer (0, (VOID **)&mVariableArrayEnd);
-}
-
-
-VOID
-LibVariableInitialize (VOID)
-{
- UINTN Size;
-
- Size = PcdGet32 (PcdEmbeddedMemVariableStoreSize);
- mVariableArray = mVariableArrayNextFree = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)AllocateRuntimePool (Size);
- ASSERT (mVariableArray != NULL);
-
- mVariableArrayEnd = (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY *)(((UINT8 *)mVariableArray) + Size);
-
- mMaximumVariableStorageSize = Size - sizeof (VARIABLE_ARRAY_ENTRY);
- mRemainingVariableStorageSize = mMaximumVariableStorageSize;
- mMaximumVariableSize = mMaximumVariableStorageSize;
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2a91a98ba8..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- LZMA Decompress GUIDed Section Extraction Library.
- It wraps Lzma decompress interfaces to GUIDed Section Extraction interfaces
- and registers them into GUIDed handler table.
-
- Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h>
-
-#include <Guid/ExtractSection.h>
-#include <Guid/LzmaDecompress.h>
-
-
-/**
- Register LzmaDecompress and LzmaDecompressGetInfo handlers with LzmaCustomerDecompressGuid.
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Register successfully.
- @retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory to store this handler.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LzmaDecompressLibConstructor (
- )
-{
- EXTRACT_SECTION_HOB *Hob;
-
- Hob = GetFirstGuidHob (&gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid);
- if (Hob == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- // Locate Guided Hob
-
- return ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers (
- &gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid,
- Hob->Data.SectionGetInfo,
- Hob->Data.SectionExtraction
- );
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index d64f5a3ff0..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib/LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# LzmaCustomDecompressLib produces LZMA custom decompression algorithm.
-#
-# It is based on the LZMA SDK 4.65.
-# LZMA SDK 4.65 was placed in the public domain on 2009-02-03.
-# It was released on the http://www.7-zip.org/sdk.html website.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = LzmaDecompressLib
- FILE_GUID = 35194660-7421-44ad-9636-e44885f092d1
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = NULL
- CONSTRUCTOR = LzmaDecompressLibConstructor
-
-#
-# The following information is for reference only and not required by the build tools.
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources.common]
- LzmaHobCustomDecompressLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[Guids]
- gLzmaCustomDecompressGuid ## PRODUCED ## GUID specifies LZMA custom decompress algorithm.
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- DebugLib
- HobLib
- ExtractGuidedSectionLib
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.c deleted file mode 100755 index a0bb57541d..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Generic ARM implementation of DmaLib.h
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <Uefi.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/DmaLib.h>
-#include <Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h>
-
-
-
-/**
- Provides the DMA controller-specific addresses needed to access system memory.
-
- Operation is relative to the DMA bus master.
-
- @param Operation Indicates if the bus master is going to read or write to system memory.
- @param HostAddress The system memory address to map to the DMA controller.
- @param NumberOfBytes On input the number of bytes to map. On output the number of bytes
- that were mapped.
- @param DeviceAddress The resulting map address for the bus master controller to use to
- access the hosts HostAddress.
- @param Mapping A resulting value to pass to Unmap().
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The range was mapped for the returned NumberOfBytes.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The HostAddress cannot be mapped as a common buffer.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The request could not be completed due to a lack of resources.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The system hardware could not map the requested address.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DmaMap (
- IN DMA_MAP_OPERATION Operation,
- IN VOID *HostAddress,
- IN OUT UINTN *NumberOfBytes,
- OUT PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *DeviceAddress,
- OUT VOID **Mapping
- )
-{
- *DeviceAddress = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)HostAddress;
- *Mapping = NULL;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Completes the DmaMapBusMasterRead(), DmaMapBusMasterWrite(), or DmaMapBusMasterCommonBuffer()
- operation and releases any corresponding resources.
-
- @param Mapping The mapping value returned from DmaMap*().
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The range was unmapped.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The data was not committed to the target system memory.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DmaUnmap (
- IN VOID *Mapping
- )
-{
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocates pages that are suitable for an DmaMap() of type MapOperationBusMasterCommonBuffer.
- mapping.
-
- @param MemoryType The type of memory to allocate, EfiBootServicesData or
- EfiRuntimeServicesData.
- @param Pages The number of pages to allocate.
- @param HostAddress A pointer to store the base system memory address of the
- allocated range.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested memory pages were allocated.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Attributes is unsupported. The only legal attribute bits are
- MEMORY_WRITE_COMBINE and MEMORY_CACHED.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One or more parameters are invalid.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES The memory pages could not be allocated.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DmaAllocateBuffer (
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType,
- IN UINTN Pages,
- OUT VOID **HostAddress
- )
-{
- if (HostAddress == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // The only valid memory types are EfiBootServicesData and EfiRuntimeServicesData
- //
- // We used uncached memory to keep coherency
- //
- if (MemoryType == EfiBootServicesData) {
- *HostAddress = AllocatePages (Pages);
- } else if (MemoryType != EfiRuntimeServicesData) {
- *HostAddress = AllocateRuntimePages (Pages);
- } else {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Frees memory that was allocated with DmaAllocateBuffer().
-
- @param Pages The number of pages to free.
- @param HostAddress The base system memory address of the allocated range.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The requested memory pages were freed.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The memory range specified by HostAddress and Pages
- was not allocated with DmaAllocateBuffer().
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DmaFreeBuffer (
- IN UINTN Pages,
- IN VOID *HostAddress
- )
-{
- if (HostAddress == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FreePages (HostAddress, Pages);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.inf deleted file mode 100755 index 38261d5ede..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/NullDmaLib/NullDmaLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = NullDmaLib
- FILE_GUID = 0F2A0816-D319-4ee7-A6B8-D58524E4428F
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = DmaLib
-
-[Sources.common]
- NullDmaLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- DebugLib
- MemoryAllocationLib
-
-
-[Protocols]
-
-[Guids]
-
-[Pcd]
-
-[Depex]
- TRUE
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index cee15c4be2..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiPei.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrePiLib.h>
-
-#define PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA_GUID { 0x385A982C, 0x2F49, 0x4043, { 0xA5, 0x1E, 0x49, 0x01, 0x02, 0x5C, 0x8B, 0x6B }}
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 NumberOfExtractHandler;
- GUID *ExtractHandlerGuidTable;
- EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER *ExtractDecodeHandlerTable;
- EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER *ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable;
-} PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA;
-
-PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *
-GetSavedData (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE *GuidHob;
- GUID SavedDataGuid = PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA_GUID;
-
- GuidHob = GetFirstGuidHob(&SavedDataGuid);
- GuidHob++;
-
- return (PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *)GuidHob;
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers (
- IN CONST GUID *SectionGuid,
- IN EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER GetInfoHandler,
- IN EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER DecodeHandler
- )
-{
- PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *SavedData;
- UINT32 Index;
- //
- // Check input paramter.
- //
- if (SectionGuid == NULL) {
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- SavedData = GetSavedData();
-
- //
- // Search the match registered GetInfo handler for the input guided section.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler; Index ++) {
- if (CompareGuid (&SavedData->ExtractHandlerGuidTable[Index], SectionGuid)) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If the guided handler has been registered before, only update its handler.
- //
- if (Index < SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler) {
- SavedData->ExtractDecodeHandlerTable [Index] = DecodeHandler;
- SavedData->ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable [Index] = GetInfoHandler;
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Check the global table is enough to contain new Handler.
- //
- if (SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler >= PcdGet32 (PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler)) {
- return RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Register new Handler and guid value.
- //
- CopyGuid (&SavedData->ExtractHandlerGuidTable [SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler], SectionGuid);
- SavedData->ExtractDecodeHandlerTable [SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler] = DecodeHandler;
- SavedData->ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable [SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler++] = GetInfoHandler;
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-UINTN
-EFIAPI
-ExtractGuidedSectionGetGuidList (
- IN OUT GUID **ExtractHandlerGuidTable
- )
-{
- PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *SavedData;
-
- ASSERT(ExtractHandlerGuidTable != NULL);
-
- SavedData = GetSavedData();
-
- *ExtractHandlerGuidTable = SavedData->ExtractHandlerGuidTable;
- return SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler;
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo (
- IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
- OUT UINT32 *OutputBufferSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchBufferSize,
- OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
- )
-{
- PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *SavedData;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- if (InputSection == NULL) {
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- ASSERT (OutputBufferSize != NULL);
- ASSERT (ScratchBufferSize != NULL);
- ASSERT (SectionAttribute != NULL);
-
- SavedData = GetSavedData();
-
- //
- // Search the match registered GetInfo handler for the input guided section.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler; Index ++) {
- if (CompareGuid (&SavedData->ExtractHandlerGuidTable[Index], &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Not found, the input guided section is not supported.
- //
- if (Index == SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler) {
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Call the match handler to getinfo for the input section data.
- //
- return SavedData->ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable [Index] (
- InputSection,
- OutputBufferSize,
- ScratchBufferSize,
- SectionAttribute
- );
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ExtractGuidedSectionDecode (
- IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
- OUT VOID *ScratchBuffer, OPTIONAL
- OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
- )
-{
- PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA *SavedData;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- if (InputSection == NULL) {
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- ASSERT (OutputBuffer != NULL);
- ASSERT (AuthenticationStatus != NULL);
-
- SavedData = GetSavedData();
-
- //
- // Search the match registered GetInfo handler for the input guided section.
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler; Index ++) {
- if (CompareGuid (&SavedData->ExtractHandlerGuidTable[Index], &(((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) InputSection)->SectionDefinitionGuid))) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Not found, the input guided section is not supported.
- //
- if (Index == SavedData->NumberOfExtractHandler) {
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Call the match handler to getinfo for the input section data.
- //
- return SavedData->ExtractDecodeHandlerTable [Index] (
- InputSection,
- OutputBuffer,
- ScratchBuffer,
- AuthenticationStatus
- );
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-ExtractGuidedSectionLibConstructor (
- VOID
- )
-{
- PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA SavedData;
- GUID HobGuid = PRE_PI_EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DATA_GUID;
-
- //
- // Allocate global pool space to store the registered handler and its guid value.
- //
- SavedData.ExtractHandlerGuidTable = (GUID *)AllocatePool(PcdGet32(PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler) * sizeof(GUID));
- if (SavedData.ExtractHandlerGuidTable == NULL) {
- return RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- SavedData.ExtractDecodeHandlerTable = (EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER *)AllocatePool(PcdGet32(PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler) * sizeof(EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER));
- if (SavedData.ExtractDecodeHandlerTable == NULL) {
- return RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- SavedData.ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable = (EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER *)AllocatePool(PcdGet32(PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler) * sizeof(EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER));
- if (SavedData.ExtractGetInfoHandlerTable == NULL) {
- return RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // the initialized number is Zero.
- //
- SavedData.NumberOfExtractHandler = 0;
-
- BuildGuidDataHob(&HobGuid, &SavedData, sizeof(SavedData));
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index ba74c26268..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib/PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib
- FILE_GUID = 36F6E94E-6E8E-488E-89A4-7AD911C5AFB1
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = ExtractGuidedSectionLib
-
- CONSTRUCTOR = ExtractGuidedSectionLibConstructor
-
-[Sources.common]
- PrePiExtractGuidedSectionLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseMemoryLib
- DebugLib
-
-[FixedPcd.common]
- gEfiMdePkgTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMaximumGuidedExtractHandler
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/Hob.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/Hob.c deleted file mode 100644 index aff532259e..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/Hob.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,852 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
- Copyright (c) 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiPei.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-#include <Library/HobLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/PeCoffLoader.h>
-#include <Guid/ExtractSection.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryTypeInformation.h>
-#include <Guid/MemoryAllocationHob.h>
-
-VOID
-BuildMemoryTypeInformationHob (
- VOID
- );
-
-/**
- Returns the pointer to the HOB list.
-
- This function returns the pointer to first HOB in the list.
-
- @return The pointer to the HOB list.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-GetHobList (
- VOID
- )
-{
- return PrePeiGetHobList ();
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Updates the pointer to the HOB list.
-
- @param HobList Hob list pointer to store
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SetHobList (
- IN VOID *HobList
- )
-{
- return PrePeiSetHobList (HobList);
-}
-
-/**
-
-
-**/
-EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE*
-HobConstructor (
- IN VOID *EfiMemoryBegin,
- IN UINTN EfiMemoryLength,
- IN VOID *EfiFreeMemoryBottom,
- IN VOID *EfiFreeMemoryTop
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *Hob;
- EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER *HobEnd;
-
- Hob = EfiFreeMemoryBottom;
- HobEnd = (EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER *)(Hob+1);
-
- Hob->Header.HobType = EFI_HOB_TYPE_HANDOFF;
- Hob->Header.HobLength = sizeof(EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE);
- Hob->Header.Reserved = 0;
-
- HobEnd->HobType = EFI_HOB_TYPE_END_OF_HOB_LIST;
- HobEnd->HobLength = sizeof(EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER);
- HobEnd->Reserved = 0;
-
- Hob->Version = EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_TABLE_VERSION;
- Hob->BootMode = BOOT_WITH_FULL_CONFIGURATION;
-
- Hob->EfiMemoryTop = (UINTN)EfiMemoryBegin + EfiMemoryLength;
- Hob->EfiMemoryBottom = (UINTN)EfiMemoryBegin;
- Hob->EfiFreeMemoryTop = (UINTN)EfiFreeMemoryTop;
- Hob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)(HobEnd+1);
- Hob->EfiEndOfHobList = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)HobEnd;
-
- return Hob;
-}
-
-VOID *
-CreateHob (
- IN UINT16 HobType,
- IN UINT16 HobLength
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *HandOffHob;
- EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER *HobEnd;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS FreeMemory;
- VOID *Hob;
-
- HandOffHob = GetHobList ();
-
- HobLength = (UINT16)((HobLength + 0x7) & (~0x7));
-
- FreeMemory = HandOffHob->EfiFreeMemoryTop - HandOffHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom;
-
- if (FreeMemory < HobLength) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Hob = (VOID*) (UINTN) HandOffHob->EfiEndOfHobList;
- ((EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) Hob)->HobType = HobType;
- ((EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) Hob)->HobLength = HobLength;
- ((EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) Hob)->Reserved = 0;
-
- HobEnd = (EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER*) ((UINTN)Hob + HobLength);
- HandOffHob->EfiEndOfHobList = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) HobEnd;
-
- HobEnd->HobType = EFI_HOB_TYPE_END_OF_HOB_LIST;
- HobEnd->HobLength = sizeof(EFI_HOB_GENERIC_HEADER);
- HobEnd->Reserved = 0;
- HobEnd++;
- HandOffHob->EfiFreeMemoryBottom = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) HobEnd;
-
- return Hob;
-}
-
-/**
- Builds a HOB that describes a chunk of system memory.
-
- This function builds a HOB that describes a chunk of system memory.
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ResourceType The type of resource described by this HOB.
- @param ResourceAttribute The resource attributes of the memory described by this HOB.
- @param PhysicalStart The 64 bit physical address of memory described by this HOB.
- @param NumberOfBytes The length of the memory described by this HOB in bytes.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildResourceDescriptorHob (
- IN EFI_RESOURCE_TYPE ResourceType,
- IN EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE ResourceAttribute,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalStart,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfBytes
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR *Hob;
-
- Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR, sizeof (EFI_HOB_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR));
- ASSERT(Hob != NULL);
-
- Hob->ResourceType = ResourceType;
- Hob->ResourceAttribute = ResourceAttribute;
- Hob->PhysicalStart = PhysicalStart;
- Hob->ResourceLength = NumberOfBytes;
-}
-
-/**
-
-
-**/
-VOID
-CreateHobList (
- IN VOID *MemoryBegin,
- IN UINTN MemoryLength,
- IN VOID *HobBase,
- IN VOID *StackBase
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_HANDOFF_INFO_TABLE *Hob;
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE Attributes;
-
- Hob = HobConstructor (MemoryBegin,MemoryLength,HobBase,StackBase);
- SetHobList (Hob);
-
- BuildCpuHob (PcdGet8 (PcdPrePiCpuMemorySize), PcdGet8 (PcdPrePiCpuIoSize));
-
- Attributes =(
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TESTED |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_UNCACHEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_COMBINEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_THROUGH_CACHEABLE |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_BACK_CACHEABLE
- );
-
- BuildResourceDescriptorHob (EFI_RESOURCE_SYSTEM_MEMORY, Attributes, (UINTN)MemoryBegin, MemoryLength);
-
- BuildStackHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)StackBase, ((UINTN)MemoryBegin + MemoryLength) - (UINTN)StackBase);
-
- if (FeaturePcdGet (PcdPrePiProduceMemoryTypeInformationHob)) {
- // Optional feature that helps prevent EFI memory map fragmentation.
- BuildMemoryTypeInformationHob ();
- }
-}
-
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildFvHobs (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS PhysicalStart,
- IN UINT64 NumberOfBytes,
- IN EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE *ResourceAttribute
- )
-{
-
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE Resource;
-
- BuildFvHob (PhysicalStart, NumberOfBytes);
-
- if (ResourceAttribute == NULL) {
- Resource = (EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_PRESENT |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_INITIALIZED |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_TESTED |
- EFI_RESOURCE_ATTRIBUTE_WRITE_BACK_CACHEABLE);
- } else {
- Resource = *ResourceAttribute;
- }
-
- BuildResourceDescriptorHob (EFI_RESOURCE_FIRMWARE_DEVICE, Resource, PhysicalStart, NumberOfBytes);
-}
-
-/**
- Returns the next instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB.
-
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB pointer.
- If there does not exist such HOB type from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
- In contrast with macro GET_NEXT_HOB(), this function does not skip the starting HOB pointer
- unconditionally: it returns HobStart back if HobStart itself meets the requirement;
- caller is required to use GET_NEXT_HOB() if it wishes to skip current HobStart.
- If HobStart is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Type The HOB type to return.
- @param HobStart The starting HOB pointer to search from.
-
- @return The next instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-GetNextHob (
- IN UINT16 Type,
- IN CONST VOID *HobStart
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
- ASSERT (HobStart != NULL);
-
- Hob.Raw = (UINT8 *) HobStart;
- //
- // Parse the HOB list until end of list or matching type is found.
- //
- while (!END_OF_HOB_LIST (Hob)) {
- if (Hob.Header->HobType == Type) {
- return Hob.Raw;
- }
- Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (Hob);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Returns the first instance of a HOB type among the whole HOB list.
-
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB type among the whole HOB list.
- If there does not exist such HOB type in the HOB list, it will return NULL.
-
- @param Type The HOB type to return.
-
- @return The next instance of a HOB type from the starting HOB.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-GetFirstHob (
- IN UINT16 Type
- )
-{
- VOID *HobList;
-
- HobList = GetHobList ();
- return GetNextHob (Type, HobList);
-}
-
-
-/**
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB from the starting HOB pointer.
- Such HOB should satisfy two conditions:
- its HOB type is EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION and its GUID Name equals to the input Guid.
- If there does not exist such HOB from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
- Caller is required to apply GET_GUID_HOB_DATA () and GET_GUID_HOB_DATA_SIZE ()
- to extract the data section and its size info respectively.
- In contrast with macro GET_NEXT_HOB(), this function does not skip the starting HOB pointer
- unconditionally: it returns HobStart back if HobStart itself meets the requirement;
- caller is required to use GET_NEXT_HOB() if it wishes to skip current HobStart.
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If HobStart is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Guid The GUID to match with in the HOB list.
- @param HobStart A pointer to a Guid.
-
- @return The next instance of the matched GUID HOB from the starting HOB.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-GetNextGuidHob (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN CONST VOID *HobStart
- ){
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS GuidHob;
-
- GuidHob.Raw = (UINT8 *) HobStart;
- while ((GuidHob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION, GuidHob.Raw)) != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (Guid, &GuidHob.Guid->Name)) {
- break;
- }
- GuidHob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (GuidHob);
- }
- return GuidHob.Raw;
-}
-
-
-/**
- This function searches the first instance of a HOB among the whole HOB list.
- Such HOB should satisfy two conditions:
- its HOB type is EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION and its GUID Name equals to the input Guid.
- If there does not exist such HOB from the starting HOB pointer, it will return NULL.
- Caller is required to apply GET_GUID_HOB_DATA () and GET_GUID_HOB_DATA_SIZE ()
- to extract the data section and its size info respectively.
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Guid The GUID to match with in the HOB list.
-
- @return The first instance of the matched GUID HOB among the whole HOB list.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-GetFirstGuidHob (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid
- )
-{
- VOID *HobList;
-
- HobList = GetHobList ();
- return GetNextGuidHob (Guid, HobList);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Get the Boot Mode from the HOB list.
-
- This function returns the system boot mode information from the
- PHIT HOB in HOB list.
-
- @param VOID
-
- @return The Boot Mode.
-
-**/
-EFI_BOOT_MODE
-EFIAPI
-GetBootMode (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
- Hob.Raw = GetHobList ();
- return Hob.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Get the Boot Mode from the HOB list.
-
- This function returns the system boot mode information from the
- PHIT HOB in HOB list.
-
- @param VOID
-
- @return The Boot Mode.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SetBootMode (
- IN EFI_BOOT_MODE BootMode
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
- Hob.Raw = GetHobList ();
- Hob.HandoffInformationTable->BootMode = BootMode;
- return BootMode;
-}
-
-/**
- Builds a HOB for a loaded PE32 module.
-
- This function builds a HOB for a loaded PE32 module.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If ModuleName is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ModuleName The GUID File Name of the module.
- @param MemoryAllocationModule The 64 bit physical address of the module.
- @param ModuleLength The length of the module in bytes.
- @param EntryPoint The 64 bit physical address of the module entry point.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildModuleHob (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *ModuleName,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS MemoryAllocationModule,
- IN UINT64 ModuleLength,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EntryPoint
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_MODULE *Hob;
-
- ASSERT (((MemoryAllocationModule & (EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) == 0) &&
- ((ModuleLength & (EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) == 0));
-
- Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION, sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_MODULE));
-
- CopyGuid (&(Hob->MemoryAllocationHeader.Name), &gEfiHobMemoryAllocModuleGuid);
- Hob->MemoryAllocationHeader.MemoryBaseAddress = MemoryAllocationModule;
- Hob->MemoryAllocationHeader.MemoryLength = ModuleLength;
- Hob->MemoryAllocationHeader.MemoryType = EfiBootServicesCode;
-
- //
- // Zero the reserved space to match HOB spec
- //
- ZeroMem (Hob->MemoryAllocationHeader.Reserved, sizeof (Hob->MemoryAllocationHeader.Reserved));
-
- CopyGuid (&Hob->ModuleName, ModuleName);
- Hob->EntryPoint = EntryPoint;
-}
-
-/**
- Builds a GUID HOB with a certain data length.
-
- This function builds a customized HOB tagged with a GUID for identification
- and returns the start address of GUID HOB data so that caller can fill the customized data.
- The HOB Header and Name field is already stripped.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
- If DataLength >= (0x10000 - sizeof (EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE)), then ASSERT().
-
- @param Guid The GUID to tag the customized HOB.
- @param DataLength The size of the data payload for the GUID HOB.
-
- @return The start address of GUID HOB data.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-BuildGuidHob (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN UINTN DataLength
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE *Hob;
-
- //
- // Make sure that data length is not too long.
- //
- ASSERT (DataLength <= (0xffff - sizeof (EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE)));
-
- Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_GUID_EXTENSION, (UINT16) (sizeof (EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE) + DataLength));
- CopyGuid (&Hob->Name, Guid);
- return Hob + 1;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Copies a data buffer to a newly-built HOB.
-
- This function builds a customized HOB tagged with a GUID for identification,
- copies the input data to the HOB data field and returns the start address of the GUID HOB data.
- The HOB Header and Name field is already stripped.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Data is NULL and DataLength > 0, then ASSERT().
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
- If DataLength >= (0x10000 - sizeof (EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE)), then ASSERT().
-
- @param Guid The GUID to tag the customized HOB.
- @param Data The data to be copied into the data field of the GUID HOB.
- @param DataLength The size of the data payload for the GUID HOB.
-
- @return The start address of GUID HOB data.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-BuildGuidDataHob (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN VOID *Data,
- IN UINTN DataLength
- )
-{
- VOID *HobData;
-
- ASSERT (Data != NULL || DataLength == 0);
-
- HobData = BuildGuidHob (Guid, DataLength);
-
- return CopyMem (HobData, Data, DataLength);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Builds a Firmware Volume HOB.
-
- This function builds a Firmware Volume HOB.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
-
- @param BaseAddress The base address of the Firmware Volume.
- @param Length The size of the Firmware Volume in bytes.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildFvHob (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME *Hob;
-
- Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, sizeof (EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME));
-
- Hob->BaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- Hob->Length = Length;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Builds a EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV2 HOB.
-
- This function builds a EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV2 HOB.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
-
- @param BaseAddress The base address of the Firmware Volume.
- @param Length The size of the Firmware Volume in bytes.
- @param FvName The name of the Firmware Volume.
- @param FileName The name of the file.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildFv2Hob (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FvName,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2 *Hob;
-
- Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV2, sizeof (EFI_HOB_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2));
-
- Hob->BaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- Hob->Length = Length;
- CopyGuid (&Hob->FvName, FvName);
- CopyGuid (&Hob->FileName, FileName);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Builds a Capsule Volume HOB.
-
- This function builds a Capsule Volume HOB.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
-
- @param BaseAddress The base address of the Capsule Volume.
- @param Length The size of the Capsule Volume in bytes.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildCvHob (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- ASSERT (FALSE);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Builds a HOB for the CPU.
-
- This function builds a HOB for the CPU.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
-
- @param SizeOfMemorySpace The maximum physical memory addressability of the processor.
- @param SizeOfIoSpace The maximum physical I/O addressability of the processor.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildCpuHob (
- IN UINT8 SizeOfMemorySpace,
- IN UINT8 SizeOfIoSpace
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_CPU *Hob;
-
- Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_CPU, sizeof (EFI_HOB_CPU));
-
- Hob->SizeOfMemorySpace = SizeOfMemorySpace;
- Hob->SizeOfIoSpace = SizeOfIoSpace;
-
- //
- // Zero the reserved space to match HOB spec
- //
- ZeroMem (Hob->Reserved, sizeof (Hob->Reserved));
-}
-
-
-/**
- Builds a HOB for the Stack.
-
- This function builds a HOB for the stack.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
-
- @param BaseAddress The 64 bit physical address of the Stack.
- @param Length The length of the stack in bytes.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildStackHob (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_STACK *Hob;
-
- ASSERT (((BaseAddress & (EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) == 0) &&
- ((Length & (EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) == 0));
-
- Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION, sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_STACK));
-
- CopyGuid (&(Hob->AllocDescriptor.Name), &gEfiHobMemoryAllocStackGuid);
- Hob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- Hob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength = Length;
- Hob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryType = EfiBootServicesData;
-
- //
- // Zero the reserved space to match HOB spec
- //
- ZeroMem (Hob->AllocDescriptor.Reserved, sizeof (Hob->AllocDescriptor.Reserved));
-}
-
-
-/**
- Update the Stack Hob if the stack has been moved
-
- @param BaseAddress The 64 bit physical address of the Stack.
- @param Length The length of the stack in bytes.
-
-**/
-VOID
-UpdateStackHob (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
- Hob.Raw = GetHobList ();
- while ((Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION, Hob.Raw)) != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&gEfiHobMemoryAllocStackGuid, &(Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.Name))) {
- //
- // Build a new memory allocation HOB with old stack info with EfiConventionalMemory type
- // to be reclaimed by DXE core.
- //
- BuildMemoryAllocationHob (
- Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress,
- Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength,
- EfiConventionalMemory
- );
- //
- // Update the BSP Stack Hob to reflect the new stack info.
- //
- Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- Hob.MemoryAllocationStack->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength = Length;
- break;
- }
- Hob.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (Hob);
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Builds a HOB for the memory allocation.
-
- This function builds a HOB for the memory allocation.
- It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
- for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
- If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
-
- @param BaseAddress The 64 bit physical address of the memory.
- @param Length The length of the memory allocation in bytes.
- @param MemoryType Type of memory allocated by this HOB.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildMemoryAllocationHob (
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress,
- IN UINT64 Length,
- IN EFI_MEMORY_TYPE MemoryType
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION *Hob;
-
- ASSERT (((BaseAddress & (EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) == 0) &&
- ((Length & (EFI_PAGE_SIZE - 1)) == 0));
-
- Hob = CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_ALLOCATION, sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION));
-
- ZeroMem (&(Hob->AllocDescriptor.Name), sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- Hob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryBaseAddress = BaseAddress;
- Hob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryLength = Length;
- Hob->AllocDescriptor.MemoryType = MemoryType;
- //
- // Zero the reserved space to match HOB spec
- //
- ZeroMem (Hob->AllocDescriptor.Reserved, sizeof (Hob->AllocDescriptor.Reserved));
-}
-
-
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildExtractSectionHob (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER SectionGetInfo,
- IN EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER SectionExtraction
- )
-{
- EXTRACT_SECTION_DATA Data;
-
- Data.SectionGetInfo = SectionGetInfo;
- Data.SectionExtraction = SectionExtraction;
- BuildGuidDataHob (Guid, &Data, sizeof (Data));
-}
-
-PE_COFF_LOADER_PROTOCOL gPeCoffProtocol = {
- PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo,
- PeCoffLoaderLoadImage,
- PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage,
- PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory,
- PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageForRuntime,
- PeCoffLoaderUnloadImage
-};
-
-
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-BuildPeCoffLoaderHob (
- VOID
- )
-{
- VOID *Ptr;
-
- Ptr = &gPeCoffProtocol;
- BuildGuidDataHob (&gPeCoffLoaderProtocolGuid, &Ptr, sizeof (VOID *));
-}
-
-// May want to put this into a library so you only need the PCD setings if you are using the feature?
-VOID
-BuildMemoryTypeInformationHob (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_MEMORY_TYPE_INFORMATION Info[10];
-
- Info[0].Type = EfiACPIReclaimMemory;
- Info[0].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiACPIReclaimMemory);
- Info[1].Type = EfiACPIMemoryNVS;
- Info[1].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiACPIMemoryNVS);
- Info[2].Type = EfiReservedMemoryType;
- Info[2].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiReservedMemoryType);
- Info[3].Type = EfiRuntimeServicesData;
- Info[3].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiRuntimeServicesData);
- Info[4].Type = EfiRuntimeServicesCode;
- Info[4].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiRuntimeServicesCode);
- Info[5].Type = EfiBootServicesCode;
- Info[5].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiBootServicesCode);
- Info[6].Type = EfiBootServicesData;
- Info[6].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiBootServicesData);
- Info[7].Type = EfiLoaderCode;
- Info[7].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiLoaderCode);
- Info[8].Type = EfiLoaderData;
- Info[8].NumberOfPages = PcdGet32 (PcdMemoryTypeEfiLoaderData);
-
- // Terminator for the list
- Info[9].Type = EfiMaxMemoryType;
- Info[9].NumberOfPages = 0;
-
-
- BuildGuidDataHob (&gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid, &Info, sizeof (Info));
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/PrePiHobLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/PrePiHobLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 19e5a298f3..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobLib/PrePiHobLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Hob lib that does not contain the APIs as they are already in the PrePiLib
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2008 - 2010, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = PrePiHobLib
- FILE_GUID = 1F3A3278-82EB-4C0D-86F1-5BCDA5846CB2
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = HobLib
-
-
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources.common]
- Hob.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- DebugLib
- PrePiHobListPointerLib
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiHobMemoryAllocModuleGuid
- gEfiHobMemoryAllocStackGuid
-
-[FixedPcd.common]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiCpuMemorySize
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiCpuIoSize
-
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiACPIReclaimMemory
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiACPIMemoryNVS
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiReservedMemoryType
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiRuntimeServicesData
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiRuntimeServicesCode
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiBootServicesCode
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiBootServicesData
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiLoaderCode
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiLoaderData
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiProduceMemoryTypeInformationHob
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointer.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointer.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9065b1132f..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-*
-* Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-*
-* This program and the accompanying materials
-* are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-* which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-* http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-*
-* THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-*
-**/
-
-#include <PiPei.h>
-#include <Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-
-//
-// Have to use build system to set the original value in case we are running
-// from FLASH and globals don't work. So if you do a GetHobList() and gHobList
-// and gHobList is NULL the PCD default values are used.
-//
-VOID *gHobList = NULL;
-
-
-/**
- Returns the pointer to the HOB list.
-
- This function returns the pointer to first HOB in the list.
-
- @return The pointer to the HOB list.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-PrePeiGetHobList (
- VOID
- )
-{
- if (gHobList == NULL) {
- return (VOID *)*(UINTN*)PcdGet32 (PcdPrePiHobBase);
- } else {
- return gHobList;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Updates the pointer to the HOB list.
-
- @param HobList Hob list pointer to store
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PrePeiSetHobList (
- IN VOID *HobList
- )
-{
- gHobList = HobList;
-
- //
- // If this code is running from ROM this could fail
- //
- return (gHobList == HobList) ? EFI_SUCCESS: EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointerLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointerLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index bfd3c209a1..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiHobListPointerLib/PrePiHobListPointerLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = PrePiHobListPointerLib
- FILE_GUID = 7a6a7fc0-5ee0-11e0-b47f-0002a5d5c51b
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = PrePiHobListPointerLib
-
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC (EBC is for build only)
-#
-
-[Sources]
- PrePiHobListPointer.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- #DebugLib
-
-[FixedPcd.common]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiHobBase
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/FwVol.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/FwVol.c deleted file mode 100644 index 530fc15dca..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/FwVol.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,845 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implementation of the 6 PEI Ffs (FV) APIs in library form.
-
- This code only knows about a FV if it has a EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV entry in the HOB list
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PrePi.h>
-#include <Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h>
-
-
-#define GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE(ActualSize, Alignment) \
- (ActualSize) + (((Alignment) - ((ActualSize) & ((Alignment) - 1))) & ((Alignment) - 1))
-
-
-/**
- Returns the highest bit set of the State field
-
- @param ErasePolarity Erase Polarity as defined by EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY
- in the Attributes field.
- @param FfsHeader Pointer to FFS File Header
-
-
- @retval the highest bit in the State field
-
-**/
-STATIC
-EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE
-GetFileState(
- IN UINT8 ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE FileState;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE HighestBit;
-
- FileState = FfsHeader->State;
-
- if (ErasePolarity != 0) {
- FileState = (EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE)~FileState;
- }
-
- HighestBit = 0x80;
- while (HighestBit != 0 && (HighestBit & FileState) == 0) {
- HighestBit >>= 1;
- }
-
- return HighestBit;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Calculates the checksum of the header of a file.
- The header is a zero byte checksum, so zero means header is good
-
- @param FfsHeader Pointer to FFS File Header
-
- @retval Checksum of the header
-
-**/
-STATIC
-UINT8
-CalculateHeaderChecksum (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader
- )
-{
- UINT8 *Ptr;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 Sum;
-
- Sum = 0;
- Ptr = (UINT8 *)FileHeader;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER) - 3; Index += 4) {
- Sum = (UINT8)(Sum + Ptr[Index]);
- Sum = (UINT8)(Sum + Ptr[Index+1]);
- Sum = (UINT8)(Sum + Ptr[Index+2]);
- Sum = (UINT8)(Sum + Ptr[Index+3]);
- }
-
- for (; Index < sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER); Index++) {
- Sum = (UINT8)(Sum + Ptr[Index]);
- }
-
- //
- // State field (since this indicates the different state of file).
- //
- Sum = (UINT8)(Sum - FileHeader->State);
- //
- // Checksum field of the file is not part of the header checksum.
- //
- Sum = (UINT8)(Sum - FileHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File);
-
- return Sum;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Given a FileHandle return the VolumeHandle
-
- @param FileHandle File handle to look up
- @param VolumeHandle Match for FileHandle
-
- @retval TRUE VolumeHandle is valid
-
-**/
-STATIC
-BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
-FileHandleToVolume (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *VolumeHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
- Hob.Raw = GetHobList ();
- if (Hob.Raw == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- do {
- Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, Hob.Raw);
- if (Hob.Raw != NULL) {
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(UINTN)(Hob.FirmwareVolume->BaseAddress);
- if (((UINT64) (UINTN) FileHandle > (UINT64) (UINTN) FwVolHeader ) && \
- ((UINT64) (UINTN) FileHandle <= ((UINT64) (UINTN) FwVolHeader + FwVolHeader->FvLength - 1))) {
- *VolumeHandle = (EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE)FwVolHeader;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, GET_NEXT_HOB (Hob));
- }
- } while (Hob.Raw != NULL);
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Given the input file pointer, search for the next matching file in the
- FFS volume as defined by SearchType. The search starts from FileHeader inside
- the Firmware Volume defined by FwVolHeader.
-
- @param FileHandle File handle to look up
- @param VolumeHandle Match for FileHandle
-
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindFileEx (
- IN CONST EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvHandle,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName, OPTIONAL
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE SearchType,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **FileHeader;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsFileHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *FwVolExHeaderInfo;
- UINT32 FileLength;
- UINT32 FileOccupiedSize;
- UINT32 FileOffset;
- UINT64 FvLength;
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
- UINT8 FileState;
-
- FwVolHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)FvHandle;
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **)FileHandle;
-
- FvLength = FwVolHeader->FvLength;
- if (FwVolHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) {
- ErasePolarity = 1;
- } else {
- ErasePolarity = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // If FileHeader is not specified (NULL) or FileName is not NULL,
- // start with the first file in the firmware volume. Otherwise,
- // start from the FileHeader.
- //
- if ((*FileHeader == NULL) || (FileName != NULL)) {
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FwVolHeader + FwVolHeader->HeaderLength);
- if (FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset != 0) {
- FwVolExHeaderInfo = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *)(((UINT8 *)FwVolHeader) + FwVolHeader->ExtHeaderOffset);
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)(((UINT8 *)FwVolExHeaderInfo) + FwVolExHeaderInfo->ExtHeaderSize);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Length is 24 bits wide so mask upper 8 bits
- // FileLength is adjusted to FileOccupiedSize as it is 8 byte aligned.
- //
- FileLength = *(UINT32 *)(*FileHeader)->Size & 0x00FFFFFF;
- FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (FileLength, 8);
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)*FileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
- }
-
- // FFS files begin with a header that is aligned on an 8-byte boundary
- FfsFileHeader = ALIGN_POINTER (FfsFileHeader, 8);
-
- FileOffset = (UINT32) ((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader - (UINT8 *)FwVolHeader);
- ASSERT (FileOffset <= 0xFFFFFFFF);
-
- while (FileOffset < (FvLength - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER))) {
- //
- // Get FileState which is the highest bit of the State
- //
- FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, FfsFileHeader);
-
- switch (FileState) {
-
- case EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID:
- FileOffset += sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader + sizeof(EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- break;
-
- case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
- case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- if (CalculateHeaderChecksum (FfsFileHeader) != 0) {
- ASSERT (FALSE);
- *FileHeader = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- FileLength = *(UINT32 *)(FfsFileHeader->Size) & 0x00FFFFFF;
- FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE(FileLength, 8);
-
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&FfsFileHeader->Name, (EFI_GUID*)FileName)) {
- *FileHeader = FfsFileHeader;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- } else if (((SearchType == FfsFileHeader->Type) || (SearchType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL)) &&
- (FfsFileHeader->Type != EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FFS_PAD)) {
- *FileHeader = FfsFileHeader;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- FileOffset += FileOccupiedSize;
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
- break;
-
- case EFI_FILE_DELETED:
- FileLength = *(UINT32 *)(FfsFileHeader->Size) & 0x00FFFFFF;
- FileOccupiedSize = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE(FileLength, 8);
- FileOffset += FileOccupiedSize;
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)FfsFileHeader + FileOccupiedSize);
- break;
-
- default:
- *FileHeader = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- }
-
-
- *FileHeader = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Go through the file to search SectionType section,
- when meeting an encapsuled section.
-
- @param SectionType - Filter to find only section of this type.
- @param Section - From where to search.
- @param SectionSize - The file size to search.
- @param OutputBuffer - Pointer to the section to search.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FfsProcessSection (
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *Section,
- IN UINTN SectionSize,
- OUT VOID **OutputBuffer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 SectionLength;
- UINT32 ParsedLength;
- EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *CompressionSection;
- UINT32 DstBufferSize;
- VOID *ScratchBuffer;
- UINT32 ScratchBufferSize;
- VOID *DstBuffer;
- UINT16 SectionAttribute;
- UINT32 AuthenticationStatus;
-
-
- *OutputBuffer = NULL;
- ParsedLength = 0;
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- while (ParsedLength < SectionSize) {
- if (Section->Type == SectionType) {
- *OutputBuffer = (VOID *)(Section + 1);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else if ((Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION) || (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED)) {
-
- if (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION) {
- CompressionSection = (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) Section;
- SectionLength = *(UINT32 *)Section->Size & 0x00FFFFFF;
-
- if (CompressionSection->CompressionType != EFI_STANDARD_COMPRESSION) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- Status = UefiDecompressGetInfo (
- (UINT8 *) ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) Section + 1),
- (UINT32) SectionLength - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION),
- &DstBufferSize,
- &ScratchBufferSize
- );
- } else if (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED) {
- Status = ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo (
- Section,
- &DstBufferSize,
- &ScratchBufferSize,
- &SectionAttribute
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // GetInfo failed
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Decompress GetInfo Failed - %r\n", Status));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Allocate scratch buffer
- //
- ScratchBuffer = (VOID *)(UINTN)AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (ScratchBufferSize));
- if (ScratchBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Allocate destination buffer, extra one page for adjustment
- //
- DstBuffer = (VOID *)(UINTN)AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (DstBufferSize) + 1);
- if (DstBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // DstBuffer still is one section. Adjust DstBuffer offset, skip EFI section header
- // to make section data at page alignment.
- //
- DstBuffer = (UINT8 *)DstBuffer + EFI_PAGE_SIZE - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- //
- // Call decompress function
- //
- if (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION) {
- Status = UefiDecompress (
- (CHAR8 *) ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) Section + 1),
- DstBuffer,
- ScratchBuffer
- );
- } else if (Section->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED) {
- Status = ExtractGuidedSectionDecode (
- Section,
- &DstBuffer,
- ScratchBuffer,
- &AuthenticationStatus
- );
- }
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Decompress failed
- //
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "Decompress Failed - %r\n", Status));
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- } else {
- return FfsProcessSection (
- SectionType,
- DstBuffer,
- DstBufferSize,
- OutputBuffer
- );
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Size is 24 bits wide so mask upper 8 bits.
- // SectionLength is adjusted it is 4 byte aligned.
- // Go to the next section
- //
- SectionLength = *(UINT32 *)Section->Size & 0x00FFFFFF;
- SectionLength = GET_OCCUPIED_SIZE (SectionLength, 4);
- ASSERT (SectionLength != 0);
- ParsedLength += SectionLength;
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)((UINT8 *)Section + SectionLength);
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- This service enables discovery sections of a given type within a valid FFS file.
-
- @param SearchType The value of the section type to find.
- @param FfsFileHeader A pointer to the file header that contains the set of sections to
- be searched.
- @param SectionData A pointer to the discovered section, if successful.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The section was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The section was not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FfsFindSectionData (
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT VOID **SectionData
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsFileHeader;
- UINT32 FileSize;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *Section;
-
- FfsFileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)(FileHandle);
-
- //
- // Size is 24 bits wide so mask upper 8 bits.
- // Does not include FfsFileHeader header size
- // FileSize is adjusted to FileOccupiedSize as it is 8 byte aligned.
- //
- Section = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)(FfsFileHeader + 1);
- FileSize = *(UINT32 *)(FfsFileHeader->Size) & 0x00FFFFFF;
- FileSize -= sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
-
- return FfsProcessSection (
- SectionType,
- Section,
- FileSize,
- SectionData
- );
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-/**
- This service enables discovery of additional firmware files.
-
- @param SearchType A filter to find files only of this type.
- @param FwVolHeader Pointer to the firmware volume header of the volume to search.
- This parameter must point to a valid FFS volume.
- @param FileHeader Pointer to the current file from which to begin searching.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The file was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The file was not found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The header checksum was not zero.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FfsFindNextFile (
- IN UINT8 SearchType,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- )
-{
- return FindFileEx (VolumeHandle, NULL, SearchType, FileHandle);
-}
-
-
-/**
- This service enables discovery of additional firmware volumes.
-
- @param Instance This instance of the firmware volume to find. The value 0 is the
- Boot Firmware Volume (BFV).
- @param FwVolHeader Pointer to the firmware volume header of the volume to return.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The volume was found.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The volume was not found.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FfsFindNextVolume (
- IN UINTN Instance,
- IN OUT EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *VolumeHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
-
-
- Hob.Raw = GetHobList ();
- if (Hob.Raw == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- do {
- Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, Hob.Raw);
- if (Hob.Raw != NULL) {
- if (Instance-- == 0) {
- *VolumeHandle = (EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE)(UINTN)(Hob.FirmwareVolume->BaseAddress);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Hob.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV, GET_NEXT_HOB (Hob));
- }
- } while (Hob.Raw != NULL);
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
-}
-
-
-/**
- Find a file in the volume by name
-
- @param FileName A pointer to the name of the file to
- find within the firmware volume.
-
- @param VolumeHandle The firmware volume to search FileHandle
- Upon exit, points to the found file's
- handle or NULL if it could not be found.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File was found.
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND File was not found.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER VolumeHandle or FileHandle or
- FileName was NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FfsFindFileByName (
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *FileName,
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- if ((VolumeHandle == NULL) || (FileName == NULL) || (FileHandle == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- Status = FindFileEx (VolumeHandle, FileName, 0, FileHandle);
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- *FileHandle = NULL;
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- Get information about the file by name.
-
- @param FileHandle Handle of the file.
-
- @param FileInfo Upon exit, points to the file's
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
- represent a valid file.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FfsGetFileInfo (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_FILE_INFO *FileInfo
- )
-{
- UINT8 FileState;
- UINT8 ErasePolarity;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FileHeader;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle;
-
- if ((FileHandle == NULL) || (FileInfo == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- VolumeHandle = 0;
- //
- // Retrieve the FirmwareVolume which the file resides in.
- //
- if (!FileHandleToVolume(FileHandle, &VolumeHandle)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (((EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)VolumeHandle)->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) {
- ErasePolarity = 1;
- } else {
- ErasePolarity = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Get FileState which is the highest bit of the State
- //
- FileState = GetFileState (ErasePolarity, (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)FileHandle);
-
- switch (FileState) {
- case EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID:
- case EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE:
- break;
- default:
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- FileHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)FileHandle;
- CopyMem (&FileInfo->FileName, &FileHeader->Name, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
- FileInfo->FileType = FileHeader->Type;
- FileInfo->FileAttributes = FileHeader->Attributes;
- FileInfo->BufferSize = ((*(UINT32 *)FileHeader->Size) & 0x00FFFFFF) - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- FileInfo->Buffer = (FileHeader + 1);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Get Information about the volume by name
-
- @param VolumeHandle Handle of the volume.
-
- @param VolumeInfo Upon exit, points to the volume's
- information.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS File information returned.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileHandle does not
- represent a valid file.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER If FileInfo is NULL.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FfsGetVolumeInfo (
- IN EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle,
- OUT EFI_FV_INFO *VolumeInfo
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER FwVolHeader;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER *FwVolExHeaderInfo;
-
- if (VolumeInfo == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // VolumeHandle may not align at 8 byte,
- // but FvLength is UINT64 type, which requires FvHeader align at least 8 byte.
- // So, Copy FvHeader into the local FvHeader structure.
- //
- CopyMem (&FwVolHeader, VolumeHandle, sizeof (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER));
- //
- // Check Fv Image Signature
- //
- if (FwVolHeader.Signature != EFI_FVH_SIGNATURE) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- VolumeInfo->FvAttributes = FwVolHeader.Attributes;
- VolumeInfo->FvStart = (VOID *) VolumeHandle;
- VolumeInfo->FvSize = FwVolHeader.FvLength;
- CopyMem (&VolumeInfo->FvFormat, &FwVolHeader.FileSystemGuid, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
-
- if (FwVolHeader.ExtHeaderOffset != 0) {
- FwVolExHeaderInfo = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_EXT_HEADER*)(((UINT8 *)VolumeHandle) + FwVolHeader.ExtHeaderOffset);
- CopyMem (&VolumeInfo->FvName, &FwVolExHeaderInfo->FvName, sizeof(EFI_GUID));
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Search through every FV until you find a file of type FileType
-
- @param FileType File handle of a Fv type file.
- @param Volumehandle On succes Volume Handle of the match
- @param FileHandle On success File Handle of the match
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FV image can't be found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully found FileType
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FfsAnyFvFindFirstFile (
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE *VolumeHandle,
- OUT EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE *FileHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Instance;
-
- //
- // Search every FV for the DXE Core
- //
- Instance = 0;
- *FileHandle = NULL;
-
- while (1)
- {
- Status = FfsFindNextVolume (Instance++, VolumeHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status))
- {
- break;
- }
-
- Status = FfsFindNextFile (FileType, *VolumeHandle, FileHandle);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status))
- {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Get Fv image from the FV type file, then add FV & FV2 Hob.
-
- @param FileHandle File handle of a Fv type file.
-
-
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND FV image can't be found.
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Successfully to process it.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-FfsProcessFvFile (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FvFileHandle
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE FvImageHandle;
- EFI_FV_INFO FvImageInfo;
- UINT32 FvAlignment;
- VOID *FvBuffer;
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS HobFv2;
-
- FvBuffer = NULL;
-
-
- //
- // Check if this EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE file has already
- // been extracted.
- //
- HobFv2.Raw = GetHobList ();
- while ((HobFv2.Raw = GetNextHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_FV2, HobFv2.Raw)) != NULL) {
- if (CompareGuid (&(((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)FvFileHandle)->Name), &HobFv2.FirmwareVolume2->FileName)) {
- //
- // this FILE has been dispatched, it will not be dispatched again.
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- HobFv2.Raw = GET_NEXT_HOB (HobFv2);
- }
-
- //
- // Find FvImage in FvFile
- //
- Status = FfsFindSectionData (EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE, FvFileHandle, (VOID **)&FvImageHandle);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Collect FvImage Info.
- //
- ZeroMem (&FvImageInfo, sizeof (FvImageInfo));
- Status = FfsGetVolumeInfo (FvImageHandle, &FvImageInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // FvAlignment must be more than 8 bytes required by FvHeader structure.
- //
- FvAlignment = 1 << ((FvImageInfo.FvAttributes & EFI_FVB2_ALIGNMENT) >> 16);
- if (FvAlignment < 8) {
- FvAlignment = 8;
- }
-
- //
- // Check FvImage
- //
- if ((UINTN) FvImageInfo.FvStart % FvAlignment != 0) {
- FvBuffer = AllocateAlignedPages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINT32) FvImageInfo.FvSize), FvAlignment);
- if (FvBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (FvBuffer, FvImageInfo.FvStart, (UINTN) FvImageInfo.FvSize);
- //
- // Update FvImageInfo after reload FvImage to new aligned memory
- //
- FfsGetVolumeInfo ((EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE) FvBuffer, &FvImageInfo);
- }
-
-
- //
- // Inform HOB consumer phase, i.e. DXE core, the existance of this FV
- //
- BuildFvHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FvImageInfo.FvStart, FvImageInfo.FvSize);
-
- //
- // Makes the encapsulated volume show up in DXE phase to skip processing of
- // encapsulated file again.
- //
- BuildFv2Hob (
- (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) FvImageInfo.FvStart,
- FvImageInfo.FvSize,
- &FvImageInfo.FvName,
- &(((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)FvFileHandle)->Name)
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePi.h b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePi.h deleted file mode 100644 index 607561cd24..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Library that helps implement monolithic PEI (i.e. PEI part of SEC)
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _PI_PEI_H_
-#define _PI_PEI_H_
-
-#include <PiPei.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrePiLib.h>
-#include <Library/PcdLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/BaseMemoryLib.h>
-#include <Library/UefiDecompressLib.h>
-#include <Library/PeCoffLib.h>
-#include <Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h>
-#include <Library/TimerLib.h>
-#include <Library/PerformanceLib.h>
-
-#include <Guid/MemoryAllocationHob.h>
-
-
-#define GET_HOB_TYPE(Hob) ((Hob).Header->HobType)
-#define GET_HOB_LENGTH(Hob) ((Hob).Header->HobLength)
-#define GET_NEXT_HOB(Hob) ((Hob).Raw + GET_HOB_LENGTH (Hob))
-#define END_OF_HOB_LIST(Hob) (GET_HOB_TYPE (Hob) == EFI_HOB_TYPE_END_OF_HOB_LIST)
-
-//
-// Get the data and data size field of GUID
-//
-#define GET_GUID_HOB_DATA(GuidHob) ((VOID *) (((UINT8 *) &((GuidHob)->Name)) + sizeof (EFI_GUID)))
-#define GET_GUID_HOB_DATA_SIZE(GuidHob) (((GuidHob)->Header).HobLength - sizeof (EFI_HOB_GUID_TYPE))
-
-#endif
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9a1ef344df..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PrePi.h>
-
-//
-// Hack to work in NT32
-//
-EFI_STATUS
-
-EFIAPI
-
-SecWinNtPeiLoadFile (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *ImageAddress,
- IN UINT64 *ImageSize,
- IN EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint
- );
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LoadPeCoffImage (
- IN VOID *PeCoffImage,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *ImageAddress,
- OUT UINT64 *ImageSize,
- OUT EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS *EntryPoint
- )
-{
- RETURN_STATUS Status;
- PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT ImageContext;
- VOID *Buffer;
-
- ZeroMem (&ImageContext, sizeof (ImageContext));
-
- ImageContext.Handle = PeCoffImage;
- ImageContext.ImageRead = PeCoffLoaderImageReadFromMemory;
-
- Status = PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (&ImageContext);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
-
- //
- // Allocate Memory for the image
- //
- Buffer = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES((UINT32)ImageContext.ImageSize));
- ASSERT (Buffer != 0);
-
-
- ImageContext.ImageAddress = (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)Buffer;
-
- //
- // Load the image to our new buffer
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderLoadImage (&ImageContext);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Relocate the image in our new buffer
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage (&ImageContext);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
-
- *ImageAddress = ImageContext.ImageAddress;
- *ImageSize = ImageContext.ImageSize;
- *EntryPoint = ImageContext.EntryPoint;
-
- //
- // Flush not needed for all architectures. We could have a processor specific
- // function in this library that does the no-op if needed.
- //
- InvalidateInstructionCacheRange ((VOID *)(UINTN)*ImageAddress, (UINTN)*ImageSize);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-
-typedef
-VOID
-(EFIAPI *DXE_CORE_ENTRY_POINT) (
- IN VOID *HobStart
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LoadDxeCoreFromFfsFile (
- IN EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle,
- IN UINTN StackSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *PeCoffImage;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageAddress;
- UINT64 ImageSize;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EntryPoint;
- VOID *BaseOfStack;
- VOID *TopOfStack;
- VOID *Hob;
- EFI_FV_FILE_INFO FvFileInfo;
-
- Status = FfsFindSectionData (EFI_SECTION_PE32, FileHandle, &PeCoffImage);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
-
- Status = LoadPeCoffImage (PeCoffImage, &ImageAddress, &ImageSize, &EntryPoint);
-// For NT32 Debug Status = SecWinNtPeiLoadFile (PeCoffImage, &ImageAddress, &ImageSize, &EntryPoint);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- //
- // Extract the DxeCore GUID file name.
- //
- Status = FfsGetFileInfo (FileHandle, &FvFileInfo);
- ASSERT_EFI_ERROR (Status);
-
- BuildModuleHob (&FvFileInfo.FileName, (EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN)ImageAddress, EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES ((UINT32) ImageSize) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE, EntryPoint);
-
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_INFO | EFI_D_LOAD, "Loading DxeCore at 0x%10p EntryPoint=0x%10p\n", (VOID *)(UINTN)ImageAddress, (VOID *)(UINTN)EntryPoint));
-
- Hob = GetHobList ();
- if (StackSize == 0) {
- // User the current stack
-
- ((DXE_CORE_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)EntryPoint) (Hob);
- } else {
-
- //
- // Allocate 128KB for the Stack
- //
- BaseOfStack = AllocatePages (EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (StackSize));
- ASSERT (BaseOfStack != NULL);
-
- //
- // Compute the top of the stack we were allocated. Pre-allocate a UINTN
- // for safety.
- //
- TopOfStack = (VOID *) ((UINTN) BaseOfStack + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (StackSize) * EFI_PAGE_SIZE - CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
- TopOfStack = ALIGN_POINTER (TopOfStack, CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT);
-
- //
- // Update the contents of BSP stack HOB to reflect the real stack info passed to DxeCore.
- //
- UpdateStackHob ((EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)(UINTN) BaseOfStack, StackSize);
-
- SwitchStack (
- (SWITCH_STACK_ENTRY_POINT)(UINTN)EntryPoint,
- Hob,
- NULL,
- TopOfStack
- );
-
- }
-
- // Should never get here as DXE Core does not return
- DEBUG ((EFI_D_ERROR, "DxeCore returned\n"));
- ASSERT (FALSE);
-
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
-}
-
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LoadDxeCoreFromFv (
- IN UINTN *FvInstance, OPTIONAL
- IN UINTN StackSize
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle = NULL;
-
- if (FvInstance != NULL) {
- //
- // Caller passed in a specific FV to try, so only try that one
- //
- Status = FfsFindNextVolume (*FvInstance, &VolumeHandle);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = FfsFindNextFile (EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DXE_CORE, VolumeHandle, &FileHandle);
- }
- } else {
- Status = FfsAnyFvFindFirstFile (EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DXE_CORE, &VolumeHandle, &FileHandle);
- }
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return LoadDxeCoreFromFfsFile (FileHandle, StackSize);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-DecompressFirstFv (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_PEI_FV_HANDLE VolumeHandle;
- EFI_PEI_FILE_HANDLE FileHandle;
-
- Status = FfsAnyFvFindFirstFile (EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE, &VolumeHandle, &FileHandle);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = FfsProcessFvFile (FileHandle);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index b27b0441d5..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/PrePiLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Component description file for Apple Pre PI Library
-#
-# LIbrary helps you build a platform that skips PEI and loads DXE Core
-# directly. Helps building HOBs, reading data from the FV, and doing
-# decompression.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2008, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = PrePiLib
- FILE_GUID = 1F3A3278-82EB-4C0D-86F1-5BCDA5846CB2
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = PrePiLib
-
-
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = IA32 X64 IPF EBC
-#
-
-[Sources.common]
- FwVol.c
- PrePiLib.c
- ReportStatusCode.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
- MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dec
- IntelFrameworkPkg/IntelFrameworkPkg.dec # needed to support StatusCodes
- IntelFrameworkModulePkg/IntelFrameworkModulePkg.dec # needed to support StatusCodes
-
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- BaseLib
- DebugLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- UefiDecompressLib
- PeCoffLib
- CacheMaintenanceLib
- PrintLib
- SerialPortLib
- ExtractGuidedSectionLib
- TimerLib
- PerformanceLib
- HobLib
-
-[Guids]
- gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid
- gEfiMemoryTypeInformationGuid
- gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid
-
-[Protocols]
- gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid
- gPeCoffLoaderProtocolGuid
-
-
-[FixedPcd.common]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiCpuMemorySize
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiCpuIoSize
-
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiACPIReclaimMemory
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiACPIMemoryNVS
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiReservedMemoryType
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiRuntimeServicesData
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiRuntimeServicesCode
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiBootServicesCode
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiBootServicesData
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiLoaderCode
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdMemoryTypeEfiLoaderData
-
-[FeaturePcd]
- gEmbeddedTokenSpaceGuid.PcdPrePiProduceMemoryTypeInformationHob
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/ReportStatusCode.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/ReportStatusCode.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7a0b90a1e6..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiLib/ReportStatusCode.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,325 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Library that helps implement monolithic PEI
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PrePi.h>
-#include <Library/ReportStatusCodeLib.h>
-#include <Library/SerialPortLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrintLib.h>
-
-#include <Protocol/StatusCode.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h>
-#include <Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeDebug.h>
-#include <FrameworkPei.h>
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SerialReportStatusCode (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- );
-
-
-EFI_STATUS_CODE_PROTOCOL gStatusCode = {
- (EFI_REPORT_STATUS_CODE)SerialReportStatusCode
-};
-
-/**
- Extracts ASSERT() information from a status code structure.
-
- Converts the status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data to the ASSERT()
- arguments specified by Filename, Description, and LineNumber. If CodeType is
- an EFI_ERROR_CODE, and CodeType has a severity of EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED, and
- Value has an operation mask of EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE, extract
- Filename, Description, and LineNumber from the optional data area of the
- status code buffer specified by Data. The optional data area of Data contains
- a Null-terminated ASCII string for the FileName, followed by a Null-terminated
- ASCII string for the Description, followed by a 32-bit LineNumber. If the
- ASSERT() information could be extracted from Data, then return TRUE.
- Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
-
- If Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Filename is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Description is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If LineNumber is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param CodeType The type of status code being converted.
- @param Value The status code value being converted.
- @param Data Pointer to status code data buffer.
- @param Filename Pointer to the source file name that generated the ASSERT().
- @param Description Pointer to the description of the ASSERT().
- @param LineNumber Pointer to source line number that generated the ASSERT().
-
- @retval TRUE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data was
- converted ASSERT() arguments specified by Filename, Description,
- and LineNumber.
- @retval FALSE The status code specified by CodeType, Value, and Data could
- not be converted to ASSERT() arguments.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
-ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
- OUT CHAR8 **Filename,
- OUT CHAR8 **Description,
- OUT UINT32 *LineNumber
- )
-{
- EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA *AssertData;
-
- ASSERT (Data != NULL);
- ASSERT (Filename != NULL);
- ASSERT (Description != NULL);
- ASSERT (LineNumber != NULL);
-
- if (((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) &&
- ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_SEVERITY_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_UNRECOVERED) &&
- ((Value & EFI_STATUS_CODE_OPERATION_MASK) == EFI_SW_EC_ILLEGAL_SOFTWARE_STATE)) {
- AssertData = (EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA *)(Data + 1);
- *Filename = (CHAR8 *)(AssertData + 1);
- *Description = *Filename + AsciiStrLen (*Filename) + 1;
- *LineNumber = AssertData->LineNumber;
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Extracts DEBUG() information from a status code structure.
-
- Converts the status code specified by Data to the DEBUG() arguments specified
- by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format. If type GUID in Data is
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_DEBUG_GUID, then extract ErrorLevel, Marker, and
- Format from the optional data area of the status code buffer specified by Data.
- The optional data area of Data contains a 32-bit ErrorLevel followed by Marker
- which is 12 UINTN parameters, followed by a Null-terminated ASCII string for
- the Format. If the DEBUG() information could be extracted from Data, then
- return TRUE. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
-
- If Data is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ErrorLevel is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Marker is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Data Pointer to status code data buffer.
- @param ErrorLevel Pointer to error level mask for a debug message.
- @param Marker Pointer to the variable argument list associated with Format.
- @param Format Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII format string of a
- debug message.
-
- @retval TRUE The status code specified by Data was converted DEBUG() arguments
- specified by ErrorLevel, Marker, and Format.
- @retval FALSE The status code specified by Data could not be converted to
- DEBUG() arguments.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-EFIAPI
-ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data,
- OUT UINT32 *ErrorLevel,
- OUT BASE_LIST *Marker,
- OUT CHAR8 **Format
- )
-{
- EFI_DEBUG_INFO *DebugInfo;
-
- ASSERT (Data != NULL);
- ASSERT (ErrorLevel != NULL);
- ASSERT (Marker != NULL);
- ASSERT (Format != NULL);
-
- //
- // If the GUID type is not EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_DEBUG_GUID then return FALSE
- //
- if (!CompareGuid (&Data->Type, &gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeDebugGuid)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the debug information from the status code record
- //
- DebugInfo = (EFI_DEBUG_INFO *)(Data + 1);
-
- *ErrorLevel = DebugInfo->ErrorLevel;
-
- //
- // The first 12 * UINTN bytes of the string are really an
- // argument stack to support varargs on the Format string.
- //
- *Marker = (BASE_LIST) (DebugInfo + 1);
- *Format = (CHAR8 *)(((UINT64 *)*Marker) + 12);
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-SerialReportStatusCode (
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE CodeType,
- IN EFI_STATUS_CODE_VALUE Value,
- IN UINT32 Instance,
- IN CONST EFI_GUID *CallerId,
- IN CONST EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA *Data OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *Filename;
- CHAR8 *Description;
- CHAR8 *Format;
- CHAR8 Buffer[EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE];
- UINT32 ErrorLevel;
- UINT32 LineNumber;
- UINTN CharCount;
- BASE_LIST Marker;
- EFI_DEBUG_INFO *DebugInfo;
-
- Buffer[0] = '\0';
-
-
- if (Data != NULL &&
- ReportStatusCodeExtractAssertInfo (CodeType, Value, Data, &Filename, &Description, &LineNumber)) {
-
- //
- // Print ASSERT() information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "\n\rASSERT!: %a (%d): %a\n\r",
- Filename,
- LineNumber,
- Description
- );
-
-
- //
- // Callout to standard output.
- //
- SerialPortWrite ((UINT8 *)Buffer, CharCount);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
- ReportStatusCodeExtractDebugInfo (Data, &ErrorLevel, &Marker, &Format)) {
-
- //
- // Print DEBUG() information into output buffer.
- //
- CharCount = AsciiBSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- Format,
- Marker
- );
-
- } else if (Data != NULL &&
- CompareGuid (&Data->Type, &gEfiStatusCodeSpecificDataGuid) &&
- (CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_DEBUG_CODE) {
-
- //
- // Print specific data into output buffer.
- //
- DebugInfo = (EFI_DEBUG_INFO *) (Data + 1);
- Marker = (BASE_LIST) (DebugInfo + 1);
- Format = (CHAR8 *) (((UINT64 *) (DebugInfo + 1)) + 12);
-
- CharCount = AsciiBSPrint (Buffer, EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE, Format, Marker);
-
- } else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_ERROR_CODE) {
- //
- // Print ERROR information into output buffer.
- //
-
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "ERROR: C%x:V%x I%x",
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
-
- //
- // Make sure we don't try to print values that weren't intended to be printed, especially NULL GUID pointers.
- //
- if (CallerId != NULL) {
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount - 1],
- (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- " %g",
- CallerId
- );
- }
-
- if (Data != NULL) {
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount - 1],
- (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- " %x",
- Data
- );
-
- }
-
-
- CharCount += AsciiSPrint (
- &Buffer[CharCount - 1],
- (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE - (sizeof (Buffer[0]) * CharCount)),
- "\n\r"
- );
-
- } else if ((CodeType & EFI_STATUS_CODE_TYPE_MASK) == EFI_PROGRESS_CODE) {
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "PROGRESS CODE: V%x I%x\n\r",
- Value,
- Instance
- );
- } else {
- CharCount = AsciiSPrint (
- Buffer,
- EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_MAX_SIZE,
- "Undefined: C%x:V%x I%x\n\r",
- CodeType,
- Value,
- Instance
- );
-
- }
-
- SerialPortWrite ((UINT8 *)Buffer, CharCount);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-AddDxeCoreReportStatusCodeCallback (
- VOID
- )
-{
- BuildGuidDataHob (&gEfiStatusCodeRuntimeProtocolGuid, &gStatusCode, sizeof(VOID *));
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0e75e23933..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/MemoryAllocationLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,218 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implementation of the 6 PEI Ffs (FV) APIs in library form.
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiPei.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/PrePiLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-
-
-
-/**
- Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiBootServicesData.
-
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages of MemoryType and returns a pointer to the
- allocated buffer. The buffer returned is aligned on a 4KB boundary. If Pages is 0, then NULL
- is returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is
- returned.
-
- @param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
-
- @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-AllocatePages (
- IN UINTN Pages
- )
-{
- EFI_PEI_HOB_POINTERS Hob;
- EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Offset;
-
- Hob.Raw = GetHobList ();
-
- // Check to see if on 4k boundary
- Offset = Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop & 0xFFF;
- if (Offset != 0) {
- // If not aligned, make the allocation aligned.
- Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop -= Offset;
- }
-
- //
- // Verify that there is sufficient memory to satisfy the allocation
- //
- if (Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop - ((Pages * EFI_PAGE_SIZE) + sizeof (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_ALLOCATION)) < Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryBottom) {
- return 0;
- } else {
- //
- // Update the PHIT to reflect the memory usage
- //
- Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop -= Pages * EFI_PAGE_SIZE;
-
- // This routine used to create a memory allocation HOB a la PEI, but that's not
- // necessary for us.
-
- //
- // Create a memory allocation HOB.
- //
- BuildMemoryAllocationHob (
- Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop,
- Pages * EFI_PAGE_SIZE,
- EfiBootServicesData
- );
- return (VOID *)(UINTN)Hob.HandoffInformationTable->EfiFreeMemoryTop;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Allocates one or more 4KB pages of type EfiBootServicesData at a specified alignment.
-
- Allocates the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages of type EfiBootServicesData with an
- alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
- returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
- request, then NULL is returned.
- If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to allocate.
- @param Alignment The requested alignment of the allocation. Must be a power of two.
- If Alignment is zero, then byte alignment is used.
-
- @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-AllocateAlignedPages (
- IN UINTN Pages,
- IN UINTN Alignment
- )
-{
- VOID *Memory;
- UINTN AlignmentMask;
-
- //
- // Alignment must be a power of two or zero.
- //
- ASSERT ((Alignment & (Alignment - 1)) == 0);
-
- if (Pages == 0) {
- return NULL;
- }
- //
- // Make sure that Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) does not overflow.
- //
- ASSERT (Pages <= (MAX_ADDRESS - EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment)));
- //
- // We would rather waste some memory to save PEI code size.
- //
- Memory = (VOID *)(UINTN)AllocatePages (Pages + EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment));
- if (Alignment == 0) {
- AlignmentMask = Alignment;
- } else {
- AlignmentMask = Alignment - 1;
- }
- return (VOID *) (UINTN) (((UINTN) Memory + AlignmentMask) & ~AlignmentMask);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Frees one or more 4KB pages that were previously allocated with one of the page allocation
- functions in the Memory Allocation Library.
-
- Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer
- must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services of the Memory
- Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
- perform no actions.
-
- If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
- then ASSERT().
- If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
- @param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-FreePages (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Pages
- )
-{
- // For now, we do not support the ability to free pages in the PrePei Memory Allocator.
- // The allocated memory is lost.
-}
-
-/**
- Allocates a buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
-
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize of type EfiBootServicesData and returns a
- pointer to the allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is
- returned. If there is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
- @param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate.
-
- @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-AllocatePool (
- IN UINTN AllocationSize
- )
-{
- EFI_HOB_MEMORY_POOL *Hob;
-
- Hob = GetHobList ();
-
-
- //
- // Verify that there is sufficient memory to satisfy the allocation
- //
- if (AllocationSize > 0x10000) {
- // Please call AllcoatePages for big allocations
- return 0;
- } else {
-
- Hob = (EFI_HOB_MEMORY_POOL *)CreateHob (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_POOL, (UINT16)(sizeof (EFI_HOB_TYPE_MEMORY_POOL) + AllocationSize));
- return (VOID *)(Hob + 1);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Frees a buffer that was previously allocated with one of the pool allocation functions in the
- Memory Allocation Library.
-
- Frees the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the
- pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free pool
- resources, then this function will perform no actions.
-
- If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
- then ASSERT().
-
- @param Buffer Pointer to the buffer to free.
-
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-FreePool (
- IN VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- // Not implemented yet
-}
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 21f6eb1e14..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib/PrePiMemoryAllocationLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2011, ARM Ltd. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = PrePiMemoryAllocationLib
- FILE_GUID = 4f14c900-51a9-11e0-afbf-0002a5d5c51b
- MODULE_TYPE = PEIM
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = MemoryAllocationLib
-
-
-#
-# VALID_ARCHITECTURES = ARM
-#
-
-[Sources]
- MemoryAllocationLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- DebugLib
- BaseMemoryLib
- PrePiLib
- #PeiServicesLib
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/RealTimeClockLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/RealTimeClockLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8e4ee9b919..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/RealTimeClockLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Implement EFI RealTimeClock runtime services via RTC Lib.
-
- Currently this driver does not support runtime virtual calling.
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/DebugLib.h>
-#include <Library/IoLib.h>
-#include <Library/RealTimeClockLib.h>
-
-
-/**
- Returns the current time and date information, and the time-keeping capabilities
- of the hardware platform.
-
- @param Time A pointer to storage to receive a snapshot of the current time.
- @param Capabilities An optional pointer to a buffer to receive the real time clock
- device's capabilities.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Time is NULL.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The time could not be retrieved due to hardware error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LibGetTime (
- OUT EFI_TIME *Time,
- OUT EFI_TIME_CAPABILITIES *Capabilities
- )
-{
- //
- // Fill in Time and Capabilities via data from you RTC
- //
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Sets the current local time and date information.
-
- @param Time A pointer to the current time.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER A time field is out of range.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The time could not be set due due to hardware error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LibSetTime (
- IN EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- //
- // Use Time, to set the time in your RTC hardware
- //
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Returns the current wakeup alarm clock setting.
-
- @param Enabled Indicates if the alarm is currently enabled or disabled.
- @param Pending Indicates if the alarm signal is pending and requires acknowledgement.
- @param Time The current alarm setting.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The alarm settings were returned.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Any parameter is NULL.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The wakeup time could not be retrieved due to a hardware error.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LibGetWakeupTime (
- OUT BOOLEAN *Enabled,
- OUT BOOLEAN *Pending,
- OUT EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- // Not a required feature
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Sets the system wakeup alarm clock time.
-
- @param Enabled Enable or disable the wakeup alarm.
- @param Time If Enable is TRUE, the time to set the wakeup alarm for.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If Enable is TRUE, then the wakeup alarm was enabled. If
- Enable is FALSE, then the wakeup alarm was disabled.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER A time field is out of range.
- @retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The wakeup time could not be set due to a hardware error.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED A wakeup timer is not supported on this platform.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LibSetWakeupTime (
- IN BOOLEAN Enabled,
- OUT EFI_TIME *Time
- )
-{
- // Not a required feature
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- This is the declaration of an EFI image entry point. This can be the entry point to an application
- written to this specification, an EFI boot service driver, or an EFI runtime driver.
-
- @param ImageHandle Handle that identifies the loaded image.
- @param SystemTable System Table for this image.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The operation completed successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LibRtcInitialize (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- //
- // Do some initialization if reqruied to turn on the RTC
- //
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Fixup internal data so that EFI can be call in virtual mode.
- Call the passed in Child Notify event and convert any pointers in
- lib to virtual mode.
-
- @param[in] Event The Event that is being processed
- @param[in] Context Event Context
-**/
-VOID
-EFIAPI
-LibRtcVirtualNotifyEvent (
- IN EFI_EVENT Event,
- IN VOID *Context
- )
-{
- //
- // Only needed if you are going to support the OS calling RTC functions in virtual mode.
- // You will need to call EfiConvertPointer (). To convert any stored physical addresses
- // to virtual address. After the OS transistions to calling in virtual mode, all future
- // runtime calls will be made in virtual mode.
- //
- return;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/TemplateRealTimeClockLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/TemplateRealTimeClockLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index ebc3729aae..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateRealTimeClockLib/TemplateRealTimeClockLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Memory Status Code Library for UEFI drivers
-#
-# Lib to provide memory journal status code reporting Routines
-# Copyright (c) 2006, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = TemplateRealTimeClockLib
- FILE_GUID = B661E02D-A90B-42AB-A5F9-CF841AAA43D9
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = RealTimeClockLib
-
-
-[Sources.common]
- RealTimeClockLib.c
-
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- IoLib
- DebugLib
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/ResetSystemLib.c b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/ResetSystemLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 328bcbcf16..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/ResetSystemLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Template library implementation to support ResetSystem Runtime call.
-
- Fill in the templates with what ever makes you system reset.
-
-
- Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
-
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-
-#include <PiDxe.h>
-
-#include <Library/BaseLib.h>
-#include <Library/IoLib.h>
-#include <Library/EfiResetSystemLib.h>
-
-
-/**
- Resets the entire platform.
-
- @param ResetType The type of reset to perform.
- @param ResetStatus The status code for the reset.
- @param DataSize The size, in bytes, of WatchdogData.
- @param ResetData For a ResetType of EfiResetCold, EfiResetWarm, or
- EfiResetShutdown the data buffer starts with a Null-terminated
- Unicode string, optionally followed by additional binary data.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LibResetSystem (
- IN EFI_RESET_TYPE ResetType,
- IN EFI_STATUS ResetStatus,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN CHAR16 *ResetData OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- UINTN Address;
- UINT8 Data;
-
-
- switch (ResetType) {
- case EfiResetCold:
- // system power cycle
-
- // Example using IoLib functions to do IO.
- Address = 0x12345678;
- Data = MmioRead8 (Address);
- MmioWrite8 (Address, Data | 0x01);
-
- // Note this is a bad example asa MmioOr8 (Address, 0x01) does the same thing
- break;
-
- case EfiResetWarm:
- // not a full power cycle, maybe memory stays around.
- // if not support do the same thing as EfiResetCold.
- break;
-
- case EfiResetShutdown:
- // turn off the system.
- // if not support do the same thing as EfiResetCold.
- break;
-
- default:
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // If we reset, we would not have returned...
- //
- return EFI_DEVICE_ERROR;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Initialize any infrastructure required for LibResetSystem () to function.
-
- @param ImageHandle The firmware allocated handle for the EFI image.
- @param SystemTable A pointer to the EFI System Table.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The constructor always returns EFI_SUCCESS.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-LibInitializeResetSystem (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ImageHandle,
- IN EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE *SystemTable
- )
-{
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/TemplateResetSystemLib.inf b/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/TemplateResetSystemLib.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 375cb49421..0000000000 --- a/EmbeddedPkg/Library/TemplateResetSystemLib/TemplateResetSystemLib.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#/** @file
-# Memory Status Code Library for UEFI drivers
-#
-# Lib to provide memory journal status code reporting Routines
-# Copyright (c) 2006, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-#
-#**/
-
-[Defines]
- INF_VERSION = 0x00010005
- BASE_NAME = TemplateResetSystemLib
- FILE_GUID = 40BAFDE5-4CC8-4FBE-A8BA-071890076E50
- MODULE_TYPE = BASE
- VERSION_STRING = 1.0
- LIBRARY_CLASS = EfiResetSystemLib
-
-
-[Sources.common]
- ResetSystemLib.c
-
-[Packages]
- MdePkg/MdePkg.dec
- EmbeddedPkg/EmbeddedPkg.dec
-
-[LibraryClasses]
- IoLib
- DebugLib
\ No newline at end of file |